// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
package s3
import (
"bytes"
"fmt"
"io"
"sync"
"time"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/client"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/checksum"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/eventstream/eventstreamapi"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/rest"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restxml"
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/internal/arn"
)
const opAbortMultipartUpload = "AbortMultipartUpload"
// AbortMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the AbortMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See AbortMultipartUpload for more information on using the AbortMultipartUpload
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the AbortMultipartUploadRequest method.
// req, resp := client.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opAbortMultipartUpload,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &AbortMultipartUploadInput{}
}
output = &AbortMultipartUploadOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted,
// no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed
// by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads
// are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed.
// As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple
// times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts.
//
// To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for
// the part storage, you should call the ListParts operation and ensure that
// the parts list is empty.
//
// For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation AbortMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchUpload "NoSuchUpload"
// The specified multipart upload does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/AbortMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUpload(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// AbortMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as AbortMultipartUpload with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See AbortMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AbortMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AbortMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCompleteMultipartUpload = "CompleteMultipartUpload"
// CompleteMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CompleteMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CompleteMultipartUpload for more information on using the CompleteMultipartUpload
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CompleteMultipartUploadRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCompleteMultipartUpload,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CompleteMultipartUploadInput{}
}
output = &CompleteMultipartUploadOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CompleteMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts.
//
// You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the
// UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of
// an upload, you call this operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving
// this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by
// part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request,
// you must provide the parts list. You must ensure that the parts list is complete.
// This operation concatenates the parts that you provide in the list. For each
// part in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned
// after that part was uploaded.
//
// Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes
// to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP
// response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in
// progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends white space characters to keep the
// connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial
// 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response
// body to determine whether the request succeeded.
//
// Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared
// to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best
// Practices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ErrorBestPractices.html).
//
// For more information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using
// Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html).
//
// For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// CompleteMultipartUpload has the following special errors:
//
// * Error code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller
// than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB
// in size, except the last part. 400 Bad Request
//
// * Error code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts
// could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified
// entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. 400 Bad Request
//
// * Error code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not
// in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part
// number. 400 Bad Request
//
// * Error code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload
// does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload
// might have been aborted or completed. 404 Not Found
//
// The following operations are related to CompleteMultipartUpload:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CompleteMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CompleteMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUpload(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CompleteMultipartUpload with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CompleteMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CompleteMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCopyObject = "CopyObject"
// CopyObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CopyObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CopyObject for more information on using the CopyObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CopyObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CopyObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject
func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *CopyObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCopyObject,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CopyObjectInput{}
}
output = &CopyObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CopyObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3.
//
// You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a
// copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic operation using
// this API. However, to copy an object greater than 5 GB, you must use the
// multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For more information, see Copy Object
// Using the REST Multipart Upload API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjctsUsingRESTMPUapi.html).
//
// All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read
// access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For
// more information, see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html).
// Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that
// you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account.
//
// A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request
// or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy
// operation starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs
// during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response.
// This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error.
// Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle
// it appropriately.
//
// If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about
// the copied object.
//
// If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If
// it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need
// to read the entire body.
//
// The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region that you
// specify for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3
// pricing (https://aws.amazon.com/s3/pricing/).
//
// Amazon S3 transfer acceleration does not support cross-Region copies. If
// you request a cross-Region copy using a transfer acceleration endpoint, you
// get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information, see Transfer Acceleration
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html).
//
// Metadata
//
// When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify
// new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for
// the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify
// a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using
// ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html).
//
// To specify whether you want the object metadata copied from the source object
// or replaced with metadata provided in the request, you can optionally add
// the x-amz-metadata-directive header. When you grant permissions, you can
// use the s3:x-amz-metadata-directive condition key to enforce certain metadata
// behavior when objects are uploaded. For more information, see Specifying
// Conditions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/amazon-s3-policy-keys.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. For a complete list of Amazon S3-specific
// condition keys, see Actions, Resources, and Condition Keys for Amazon S3
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/list_amazons3.html).
//
// x-amz-copy-source-if Headers
//
// To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag
// matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date,
// use the following request parameters:
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-match
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since
//
// If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since
// headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns
// 200 OK and copies the data:
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition evaluates to true
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates to false
//
// If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since
// headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns
// the 412 Precondition Failed response code:
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false
//
// * x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true
//
// All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be
// signed.
//
// Encryption
//
// The source object that you are copying can be encrypted or unencrypted. The
// source object can be encrypted with server-side encryption using AWS managed
// encryption keys (SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS) or by using a customer-provided encryption
// key. With server-side encryption, Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes
// it to disks in its data centers and decrypts the data when you access it.
//
// You can optionally use the appropriate encryption-related headers to request
// server-side encryption for the target object. You have the option to provide
// your own encryption key or use SSE-S3 or SSE-KMS, regardless of the form
// of server-side encryption that was used to encrypt the source object. You
// can even request encryption if the source object was not encrypted. For more
// information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side Encryption
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html).
//
// Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
//
// When copying an object, you can optionally use headers to grant ACL-based
// permissions. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full
// access control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual
// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions
// are then added to the ACL on the object. For more information, see Access
// Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html)
// and Managing ACLs Using the REST API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html).
//
// Storage Class Options
//
// You can use the CopyObject operation to change the storage class of an object
// that is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For
// more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide.
//
// Versioning
//
// By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object
// to copy. If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as
// if the object was deleted. To copy a different version, use the versionId
// subresource.
//
// If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique
// version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from
// the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of
// the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response.
//
// If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version
// ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null.
//
// If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, you must restore a copy
// of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy operation.
// For more information, see .
//
// The following operations are related to CopyObject:
//
// * PutObject
//
// * GetObject
//
// For more information, see Copying Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjectsExamples.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CopyObject for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeObjectNotInActiveTierError "ObjectNotInActiveTierError"
// The source object of the COPY operation is not in the active tier and is
// only stored in Amazon S3 Glacier.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CopyObject
func (c *S3) CopyObject(input *CopyObjectInput) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CopyObjectWithContext is the same as CopyObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CopyObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CopyObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CopyObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CopyObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CopyObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateBucket = "CreateBucket"
// CreateBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateBucket operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateBucket for more information on using the CreateBucket
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateBucketRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateBucketRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket
func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBucketOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateBucket,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateBucketInput{}
}
output = &CreateBucketOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a new bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3
// and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests
// are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the
// bucket owner.
//
// Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information on bucket
// naming restrictions, see Working with Amazon S3 Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html).
//
// By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. You
// can optionally specify a Region in the request body. You might choose a Region
// to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements.
// For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous
// to create buckets in the Europe (Ireland) Region. For more information, see
// How to Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro).
//
// If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint,
// the request goes to the us-east-1 Region. Accordingly, the signature calculations
// in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as the Region, even if the location
// constraint in the request specifies another Region where the bucket is to
// be created. If you create a bucket in a Region other than US East (N. Virginia),
// your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information,
// see Virtual Hosting of Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html).
//
// When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the
// accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket.
// There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request
// headers.
//
// * Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports
// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a
// predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see
// Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-write,
// x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control
// headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports
// in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). You
// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the
// following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an
// AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
// emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS
// account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in
// the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California)
// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific
// (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all
// the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in
// the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-read
// header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to
// read object data and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333",
// id="444455556666"
//
// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly.
// You cannot do both.
//
// The following operations are related to CreateBucket:
//
// * PutObject
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CreateBucket for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyExists "BucketAlreadyExists"
// The requested bucket name is not available. The bucket namespace is shared
// by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again.
//
// * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou"
// The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3
// returns this error in all AWS Regions except in the North Virginia Region.
// For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already
// own in the North Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the
// bucket access control lists (ACLs).
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket
func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateBucketWithContext is the same as CreateBucket with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CreateBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateBucketRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opCreateMultipartUpload = "CreateMultipartUpload"
// CreateMultipartUploadRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the CreateMultipartUpload operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See CreateMultipartUpload for more information on using the CreateMultipartUpload
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultipartUploadRequest method.
// req, resp := client.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opCreateMultipartUpload,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?uploads",
}
if input == nil {
input = &CreateMultipartUploadInput{}
}
output = &CreateMultipartUploadOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This
// upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart
// upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part
// requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request
// to either complete or abort the multipart upload request.
//
// For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html).
//
// If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads,
// the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket
// lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes
// eligible for an abort operation and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config).
//
// For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload
// API, see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests.
// You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts,
// and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually.
// There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more
// information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version
// 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html).
//
// After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop
// being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or
// abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the
// parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete
// or abort a multipart upload.
//
// You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption,
// Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers
// and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key,
// or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or
// Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption
// key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart) and UploadPartCopy) requests
// must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by
// using CreateMultipartUpload.
//
// To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester
// must have permission to the kms:Encrypt, kms:Decrypt, kms:ReEncrypt*, kms:GenerateDataKey*,
// and kms:DescribeKey actions on the key. These permissions are required because
// Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before
// it completes the multipart upload.
//
// If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same
// AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the
// key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than
// the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your
// IAM user or role.
//
// For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html).
//
// Access Permissions
//
// When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups
// that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are
// two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers:
//
// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information,
// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp,
// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters
// map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more
// information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html).
//
// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly.
// You cannot do both.
//
// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers
//
// You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side
// encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon
// S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts
// it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to
// use AWS managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key.
//
// * Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer master keys (CMKs)
// stored in AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) – If you want AWS to
// manage the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in
// the request. x-amz-server-side-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id
// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms,
// but don't provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon
// S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data. All GET and
// PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make
// them with SSL or by using SigV4. For more information about server-side
// encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data
// Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html).
//
// * Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your
// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request.
// x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
// x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5 For more information
// about server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see
// Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html).
//
// Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
//
// You also can use the following access control–related headers with this
// operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access
// control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual
// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions
// are then added to the access control list (ACL) on the object. For more information,
// see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html).
// With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following
// two methods:
//
// * Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined
// ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees
// and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access
// permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following headers.
// Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an
// ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html).
// In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission.
// To grant permissions explicitly, use: x-amz-grant-read x-amz-grant-write
// x-amz-grant-read-acp x-amz-grant-write-acp x-amz-grant-full-control You
// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the
// following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID of an
// AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined group
// emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of an AWS
// account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in
// the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California)
// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific
// (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all
// the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in
// the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-read
// header grants the AWS accounts identified by account IDs permissions to
// read object data and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: id="11112222333",
// id="444455556666"
//
// The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload:
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation CreateMultipartUpload for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateMultipartUpload
func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUpload(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// CreateMultipartUploadWithContext is the same as CreateMultipartUpload with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See CreateMultipartUpload for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultipartUploadInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultipartUploadOutput, error) {
req, out := c.CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucket = "DeleteBucket"
// DeleteBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucket operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucket for more information on using the DeleteBucket
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucket,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and delete
// markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted.
//
// Related Resources
//
// *
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucket for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucket
func (c *S3) DeleteBucket(input *DeleteBucketInput) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketWithContext is the same as DeleteBucket with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"
// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
// configuration ID).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics
// – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration:
//
// *
//
// *
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketCors = "DeleteBucketCors"
// DeleteBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketCors operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketCors for more information on using the DeleteBucketCors
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketCorsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketCorsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketCors,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketCorsInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketCorsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others.
//
// For information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources:
//
// *
//
// * RESTOPTIONSobject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketCors for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketCors
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCors(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketCorsWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketCors with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketEncryption = "DeleteBucketEncryption"
// DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketEncryption for more information on using the DeleteBucketEncryption
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketEncryption,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketEncryptionInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the DELETE operation removes default encryption from
// the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature,
// see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * PutBucketEncryption
//
// * GetBucketEncryption
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketEncryption for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryption(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketEncryption with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration = "DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration"
// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from
// the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html).
//
// Operations related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include:
//
// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketLifecycle = "DeleteBucketLifecycle"
// DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for more information on using the DeleteBucketLifecycle
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketLifecycle,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketLifecycleInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3
// removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource
// associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer
// automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the
// deleted lifecycle configuration.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others.
//
// There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is
// fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems.
//
// For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe
// Lifecycle Actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions).
//
// Related actions include:
//
// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketLifecycle
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycle(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketLifecycle with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration = "DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration"
// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics
// (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this
// doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring
// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:
//
// * GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
//
// * Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketPolicy = "DeleteBucketPolicy"
// DeleteBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketPolicy for more information on using the DeleteBucketPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketPolicyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketPolicy,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketPolicyInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketPolicyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the DELETE operation uses the policy subresource to
// delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other
// than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity
// must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and
// belong to the bucket owner's account to use this operation.
//
// If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403
// Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not
// using an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns
// a 405 Method Not Allowed error.
//
// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket
// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root
// user the ability to perform this action.
//
// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and
// UserPolicies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicy(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketReplication = "DeleteBucketReplication"
// DeleteBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketReplication for more information on using the DeleteBucketReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketReplicationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketReplication,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketReplicationInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketReplicationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it
// to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related
// to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully
// propagate.
//
// For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication:
//
// * PutBucketReplication
//
// * GetBucketReplication
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketReplication for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketReplication
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplication(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketTagging = "DeleteBucketTagging"
// DeleteBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketTagging for more information on using the DeleteBucketTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketTagging,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketTaggingInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Deletes the tags from the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this
// permission to others.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging:
//
// * GetBucketTagging
//
// * PutBucketTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTagging(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteBucketWebsite = "DeleteBucketWebsite"
// DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteBucketWebsite for more information on using the DeleteBucketWebsite
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteBucketWebsite,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteBucketWebsiteInput{}
}
output = &DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3
// returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration
// on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration
// you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns
// a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist.
//
// This DELETE operation requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By
// default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached
// to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete
// the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite
// permission.
//
// For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon
// S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:
//
// * GetBucketWebsite
//
// * PutBucketWebsite
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsite(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as DeleteBucketWebsite with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteObject = "DeleteObject"
// DeleteObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteObject for more information on using the DeleteObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteObject,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteObjectInput{}
}
output = &DeleteObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Removes the null version (if there is one) of an object and inserts a delete
// marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a
// null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects.
//
// To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use
// the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the
// version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response
// header, x-amz-delete-marker, to true.
//
// If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning
// configuration is MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request
// header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must
// use HTTPS.
//
// For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html).
// To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete).
//
// You can delete objects by explicitly calling the DELETE Object API or configure
// its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for
// you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects
// from your bucket, you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion,
// and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions.
//
// The following operation is related to DeleteObject:
//
// * PutObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteObject for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObject
func (c *S3) DeleteObject(input *DeleteObjectInput) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteObjectWithContext is the same as DeleteObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteObjectTagging = "DeleteObjectTagging"
// DeleteObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteObjectTagging for more information on using the DeleteObjectTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteObjectTagging,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteObjectTaggingInput{}
}
output = &DeleteObjectTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information
// about managing object tags, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging
// action.
//
// To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter
// in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging
// action.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration:
//
// * PutObjectTagging
//
// * GetObjectTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteObjectTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjectTagging
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTagging(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as DeleteObjectTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeleteObjects = "DeleteObjects"
// DeleteObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeleteObjects operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeleteObjects for more information on using the DeleteObjects
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteObjectsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeleteObjectsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteObjectsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeleteObjects,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?delete",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeleteObjectsInput{}
}
output = &DeleteObjectsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using
// a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete,
// then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual
// delete requests, reducing per-request overhead.
//
// The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In
// the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if
// you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled
// bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the
// result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that if
// the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result
// as deleted.
//
// The operation supports two modes for the response: verbose and quiet. By
// default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the
// result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response
// includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a
// successful deletion, the operation does not return any information about
// the delete in the response body.
//
// When performing this operation on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts
// to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do
// not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non-versioned
// objects you are trying to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether
// there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete
// request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete).
//
// Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests.
// Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not
// been altered in transit.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteObjects:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeleteObjects for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeleteObjects
func (c *S3) DeleteObjects(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeleteObjectsWithContext is the same as DeleteObjects with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeleteObjects for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteObjectsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeleteObjectsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opDeletePublicAccessBlock = "DeletePublicAccessBlock"
// DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the DeletePublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See DeletePublicAccessBlock for more information on using the DeletePublicAccessBlock
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest method.
// req, resp := client.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opDeletePublicAccessBlock,
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &DeletePublicAccessBlockInput{}
}
output = &DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// DeletePublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To use
// this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission.
// For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket
// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// The following operations are related to DeletePublicAccessBlock:
//
// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html)
//
// * GetPublicAccessBlock
//
// * PutPublicAccessBlock
//
// * GetBucketPolicyStatus
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation DeletePublicAccessBlock for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/DeletePublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlock(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as DeletePublicAccessBlock with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See DeletePublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration"
// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketAccelerateConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the GET operation uses the accelerate subresource
// to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled
// or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that
// enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled
// or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation.
//
// A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that
// has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration
// state if a state has never been set on the bucket.
//
// For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketAcl = "GetBucketAcl"
// GetBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketAcl for more information on using the GetBucketAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAclRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketAclRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl
func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAclOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketAcl,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketAclInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketAclOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the GET operation uses the acl subresource to return
// the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of
// the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission
// is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without
// using an authorization header.
//
// Related Resources
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketAcl for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAcl
func (c *S3) GetBucketAcl(input *GetBucketAclInput) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketAclWithContext is the same as GetBucketAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAclRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"
// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the GET operation returns an analytics configuration
// (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics
// – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// *
//
// *
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketCors = "GetBucketCors"
// GetBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketCors operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketCors for more information on using the GetBucketCors
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketCorsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketCorsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors
func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketCorsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketCors,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketCorsInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketCorsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the cors configuration information set for the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it
// to others.
//
// For more information about cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketCors:
//
// * PutBucketCors
//
// * DeleteBucketCors
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketCors for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketCors
func (c *S3) GetBucketCors(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketCorsWithContext is the same as GetBucketCors with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketCorsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketEncryption = "GetBucketEncryption"
// GetBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketEncryption for more information on using the GetBucketEncryption
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketEncryptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketEncryption,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketEncryptionInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketEncryptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For
// information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3
// Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption:
//
// * PutBucketEncryption
//
// * DeleteBucketEncryption
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketEncryption for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryption(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as GetBucketEncryption with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration = "GetBucketInventoryConfiguration"
// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketInventoryConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration
// ID) from the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration:
//
// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
//
// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketLifecycle = "GetBucketLifecycle"
// GetBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycle for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycle
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) {
if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated")
}
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketLifecycle,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketLifecycleInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketLifecycleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
//
// For an updated version of this API, see GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration.
// If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the filter element, you should
// see the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward
// compatibility.
//
// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information
// about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error:
//
// * Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle
// configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycle:
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketLifecycle
//
// * DeleteBucketLifecycle
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycle(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycle with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration"
// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketLifecycleConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
//
// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using
// an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both.
// Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes
// the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset
// of objects to which the rule applies. If you are still using previous version
// of the lifecycle configuration, it works. For the earlier API description,
// see GetBucketLifecycle.
//
// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information
// about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error:
//
// * Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle
// configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
//
// * GetBucketLifecycle
//
// * PutBucketLifecycle
//
// * DeleteBucketLifecycle
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketLocation = "GetBucketLocation"
// GetBucketLocationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLocation operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLocation for more information on using the GetBucketLocation
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLocationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketLocationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation
func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLocationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketLocation,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?location",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketLocationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketLocationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the Region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's Region using
// the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more
// information, see CreateBucket.
//
// To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation:
//
// * GetObject
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLocation for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLocation
func (c *S3) GetBucketLocation(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketLocationWithContext is the same as GetBucketLocation with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLocation for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLocationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLocationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLocationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketLogging = "GetBucketLogging"
// GetBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketLogging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketLogging for more information on using the GetBucketLogging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketLoggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketLoggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging
func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketLoggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketLogging,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketLoggingInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketLoggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to
// view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging:
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * PutBucketLogging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketLogging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketLogging
func (c *S3) GetBucketLogging(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketLogging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketLoggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration = "GetBucketMetricsConfiguration"
// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketMetricsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
// from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring
// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration:
//
// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
//
// * Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketNotification = "GetBucketNotification"
// GetBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketNotification operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketNotification for more information on using the GetBucketNotification
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) {
if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, GetBucketNotification, has been deprecated")
}
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketNotification,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{}
}
output = &NotificationConfigurationDeprecated{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// No longer used, see GetBucketNotificationConfiguration.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketNotification for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotification(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotification with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: GetBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfigurationDeprecated, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration = "GetBucketNotificationConfiguration"
// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (req *request.Request, output *NotificationConfiguration) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketNotificationConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest{}
}
output = &NotificationConfiguration{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the notification configuration of a bucket.
//
// If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the operation returns an
// empty NotificationConfiguration element.
//
// By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration
// of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission
// to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification
// permission.
//
// For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration
// on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).
// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// The following operation is related to GetBucketNotification:
//
// * PutBucketNotification
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest, opts ...request.Option) (*NotificationConfiguration, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketPolicy = "GetBucketPolicy"
// GetBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketPolicy for more information on using the GetBucketPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketPolicy,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketPolicyInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketPolicyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other
// than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity
// must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong
// to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
//
// If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access
// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an
// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a
// 405 Method Not Allowed error.
//
// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket
// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root
// user the ability to perform this action.
//
// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and
// User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// The following operation is related to GetBucketPolicy:
//
// * GetObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicy(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketPolicyStatus = "GetBucketPolicyStatus"
// GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketPolicyStatus operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketPolicyStatus for more information on using the GetBucketPolicyStatus
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketPolicyStatus,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policyStatus",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketPolicyStatusInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketPolicyStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the
// bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus
// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying
// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
//
// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see
// The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus:
//
// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html)
//
// * GetPublicAccessBlock
//
// * PutPublicAccessBlock
//
// * DeletePublicAccessBlock
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketPolicyStatus for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketPolicyStatus
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatus(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext is the same as GetBucketPolicyStatus with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketPolicyStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketReplication = "GetBucketReplication"
// GetBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketReplication for more information on using the GetBucketReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketReplicationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketReplicationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication
func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketReplicationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketReplication,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketReplicationInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketReplicationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the replication configuration of a bucket.
//
// It can take a while to propagate the put or delete a replication configuration
// to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete
// can return a wrong result.
//
// For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// This operation requires permissions for the s3:GetReplicationConfiguration
// action. For more information about permissions, see Using Bucket Policies
// and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must
// also include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response
// also returns those elements.
//
// For information about GetBucketReplication errors, see ReplicationErrorCodeList
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketReplication:
//
// * PutBucketReplication
//
// * DeleteBucketReplication
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketReplication for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketReplication
func (c *S3) GetBucketReplication(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as GetBucketReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketReplicationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketRequestPayment = "GetBucketRequestPayment"
// GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the GetBucketRequestPayment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketRequestPayment,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketRequestPaymentInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version
// of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see
// Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html).
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment:
//
// * ListObjects
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPayment(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as GetBucketRequestPayment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketTagging = "GetBucketTagging"
// GetBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketTagging for more information on using the GetBucketTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging
func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketTagging,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketTaggingInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the tag set associated with the bucket.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this
// permission to others.
//
// GetBucketTagging has the following special error:
//
// * Error code: NoSuchTagSetError Description: There is no tag set associated
// with the bucket.
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging:
//
// * PutBucketTagging
//
// * DeleteBucketTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketTagging
func (c *S3) GetBucketTagging(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as GetBucketTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketVersioning = "GetBucketVersioning"
// GetBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketVersioning for more information on using the GetBucketVersioning
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketVersioningRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketVersioningRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketVersioningOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketVersioning,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketVersioningInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketVersioningOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the versioning state of a bucket.
//
// To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning
// state. If the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use an
// authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket.
//
// The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning:
//
// * GetObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioning(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as GetBucketVersioning with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketVersioningRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetBucketWebsite = "GetBucketWebsite"
// GetBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetBucketWebsite for more information on using the GetBucketWebsite
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetBucketWebsiteRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetBucketWebsite,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetBucketWebsiteInput{}
}
output = &GetBucketWebsiteOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon
// S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration.
// For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon
// S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html).
//
// This GET operation requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default,
// only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However,
// bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by
// writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission.
//
// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite:
//
// * DeleteBucketWebsite
//
// * PutBucketWebsite
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsite(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as GetBucketWebsite with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObject = "GetObject"
// GetObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObject for more information on using the GetObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject
func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObject,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET, you must have READ access to
// the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return
// the object without using an authorization header.
//
// An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in
// a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy
// by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead
// of naming an object sample.jpg, you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg.
//
// To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name
// for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example,
// if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the resource
// as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if
// you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket,
// specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For
// more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html#VirtualHostingSpecifyBucket).
//
// To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by
// using BitTorrent. For more information, see Amazon S3 Torrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html).
// For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl.
//
// If the object you are retrieving is stored in the GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE
// storage classes, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore
// a copy using . Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectStateError
// error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived
// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html).
//
// Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not
// be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with
// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed
// encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll
// get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.
//
// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided
// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when
// you GET the object, you must use the following headers:
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
//
// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided
// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
//
// Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging
// action), the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides
// the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging
// to retrieve the tag set associated with an object.
//
// Permissions
//
// You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information,
// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
// If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends
// on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
//
// * If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will
// return an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.
//
// * If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return
// an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.
//
// Versioning
//
// By default, the GET operation returns the current version of an object. To
// return a different version, use the versionId subresource.
//
// If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves
// as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the
// response.
//
// For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning.
//
// Overriding Response Header Values
//
// There are times when you want to override certain response header values
// in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition
// response header value in your GET request.
//
// You can override values for a set of response headers using the following
// query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful
// request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers
// you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon
// S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override
// for the GET response are Content-Type, Content-Language, Expires, Cache-Control,
// Content-Disposition, and Content-Encoding. To override these header values
// in the GET response, you use the following request parameters.
//
// You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned
// URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous)
// request.
//
// * response-content-type
//
// * response-content-language
//
// * response-expires
//
// * response-cache-control
//
// * response-content-disposition
//
// * response-content-encoding
//
// Additional Considerations about Request Headers
//
// If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the
// request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since
// condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
//
// If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in
// the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since
// condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code.
//
// For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232).
//
// The following operations are related to GetObject:
//
// * ListBuckets
//
// * GetObjectAcl
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObject for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
// The specified key does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObject
func (c *S3) GetObject(input *GetObjectInput) (*GetObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectWithContext is the same as GetObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectAcl = "GetObjectAcl"
// GetObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectAcl for more information on using the GetObjectAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectAclRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectAclRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl
func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectAclOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectAcl,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectAclInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectAclOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation,
// you must have READ_ACP access to the object.
//
// Versioning
//
// By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object.
// To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource.
//
// The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl:
//
// * GetObject
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectAcl for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
// The specified key does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectAcl
func (c *S3) GetObjectAcl(input *GetObjectAclInput) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectAclWithContext is the same as GetObjectAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectAclRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectLegalHold = "GetObjectLegalHold"
// GetObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectLegalHold for more information on using the GetObjectLegalHold
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLegalHoldRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectLegalHold,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectLegalHoldInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectLegalHoldOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. For more information, see Locking
// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectLegalHold for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHold(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as GetObjectLegalHold with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectLockConfiguration = "GetObjectLockConfiguration"
// GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the GetObjectLockConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectLockConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?object-lock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectLockConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the
// Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object
// placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfiguration(input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as GetObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectRetention = "GetObjectRetention"
// GetObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectRetention operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectRetention for more information on using the GetObjectRetention
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectRetentionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectRetentionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention
func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionRequest(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectRetentionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectRetention,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectRetentionInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectRetentionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking
// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectRetention for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectRetention
func (c *S3) GetObjectRetention(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as GetObjectRetention with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectRetentionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectTagging = "GetObjectTagging"
// GetObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectTagging for more information on using the GetObjectTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging
func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectTagging,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectTaggingInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging
// subresource associated with the object.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging
// action. By default, the GET operation returns information about current version
// of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an
// object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId
// query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging
// action.
//
// By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission
// to others.
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).
//
// The following operation is related to GetObjectTagging:
//
// * PutObjectTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTagging
func (c *S3) GetObjectTagging(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as GetObjectTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetObjectTorrent = "GetObjectTorrent"
// GetObjectTorrentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetObjectTorrent operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetObjectTorrent for more information on using the GetObjectTorrent
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetObjectTorrentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetObjectTorrentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent
func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetObjectTorrentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetObjectTorrent,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?torrent",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetObjectTorrentInput{}
}
output = &GetObjectTorrentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Return torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when
// you're distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see
// Amazon S3 Torrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html).
//
// You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size and
// that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with customer-provided
// encryption key.
//
// To use GET, you must have READ access to the object.
//
// The following operation is related to GetObjectTorrent:
//
// * GetObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetObjectTorrent for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetObjectTorrent
func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrent(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetObjectTorrentWithContext is the same as GetObjectTorrent with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetObjectTorrent for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetObjectTorrentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetObjectTorrentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetObjectTorrentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opGetPublicAccessBlock = "GetPublicAccessBlock"
// GetPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the GetPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See GetPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the GetPublicAccessBlock
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the GetPublicAccessBlockRequest method.
// req, resp := client.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opGetPublicAccessBlock,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &GetPublicAccessBlockInput{}
}
output = &GetPublicAccessBlockOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// GetPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. To
// use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock permission.
// For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying Permissions
// in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
//
// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket
// or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the
// bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account.
// If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the
// account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level
// and account-level settings.
//
// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object
// public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status).
//
// The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock:
//
// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html)
//
// * PutPublicAccessBlock
//
// * GetPublicAccessBlock
//
// * DeletePublicAccessBlock
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation GetPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/GetPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlock(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as GetPublicAccessBlock with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See GetPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opHeadBucket = "HeadBucket"
// HeadBucketRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the HeadBucket operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See HeadBucket for more information on using the HeadBucket
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the HeadBucketRequest method.
// req, resp := client.HeadBucketRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket
func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadBucketOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opHeadBucket,
HTTPMethod: "HEAD",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &HeadBucketInput{}
}
output = &HeadBucketOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission
// to access it. The operation returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you
// have permission to access it. Otherwise, the operation might return responses
// such as 404 Not Found and 403 Forbidden.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation HeadBucket for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
// The specified bucket does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadBucket
func (c *S3) HeadBucket(input *HeadBucketInput) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// HeadBucketWithContext is the same as HeadBucket with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See HeadBucket for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) HeadBucketWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadBucketInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadBucketOutput, error) {
req, out := c.HeadBucketRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opHeadObject = "HeadObject"
// HeadObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the HeadObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See HeadObject for more information on using the HeadObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the HeadObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.HeadObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject
func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *HeadObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opHeadObject,
HTTPMethod: "HEAD",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &HeadObjectInput{}
}
output = &HeadObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// HeadObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// The HEAD operation retrieves metadata from an object without returning the
// object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's
// metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object.
//
// A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The
// response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response
// body.
//
// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided
// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when
// you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers:
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
//
// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided
// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
//
// Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not
// be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with
// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed
// encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll
// get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error.
//
// Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common
// Request Headers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html).
//
// Consider the following when using request headers:
//
// * Consideration 1 – If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since
// headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates
// to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; Then Amazon
// S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested.
//
// * Consideration 2 – If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since
// headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition
// evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true;
// Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code.
//
// For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232).
//
// Permissions
//
// You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information,
// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
// If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends
// on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission.
//
// * If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 returns
// an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error.
//
// * If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 returns
// an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error.
//
// The following operation is related to HeadObject:
//
// * GetObject
//
// See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses
// for more information on returned errors.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation HeadObject for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/HeadObject
func (c *S3) HeadObject(input *HeadObjectInput) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// HeadObjectWithContext is the same as HeadObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See HeadObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) HeadObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *HeadObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*HeadObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.HeadObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations = "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations"
// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput{}
}
output = &ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000
// analytics configurations per bucket.
//
// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100
// configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element
// in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated
// is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is
// set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use
// the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by
// passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics
// – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html).
//
// The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations:
//
// * GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations(input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListBucketInventoryConfigurations = "ListBucketInventoryConfigurations"
// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListBucketInventoryConfigurations,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput{}
}
output = &ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up
// to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket.
//
// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100
// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response.
// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false.
// If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and
// there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken
// value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token
// in the request to GET the next page.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html)
//
// The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations:
//
// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurations(input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketInventoryConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBucketInventoryConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListBucketMetricsConfigurations = "ListBucketMetricsConfigurations"
// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for more information on using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListBucketMetricsConfigurations,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput{}
}
output = &ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations
// are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information
// on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket.
//
// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100
// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response.
// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false.
// If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and
// there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken
// value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token
// in the request to GET the next page.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request
// metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).
//
// The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations:
//
// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * GetBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurations(input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext is the same as ListBucketMetricsConfigurations with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBucketMetricsConfigurations for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListBuckets = "ListBuckets"
// ListBucketsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListBuckets operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListBuckets for more information on using the ListBuckets
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListBucketsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListBucketsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets
func (c *S3) ListBucketsRequest(input *ListBucketsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBucketsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListBuckets,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/",
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListBucketsInput{}
}
output = &ListBucketsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListBuckets API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns a list of all buckets owned by the authenticated sender of the request.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListBuckets for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListBuckets
func (c *S3) ListBuckets(input *ListBucketsInput) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListBucketsWithContext is the same as ListBuckets with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListBuckets for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListBucketsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBucketsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBucketsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListBucketsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opListMultipartUploads = "ListMultipartUploads"
// ListMultipartUploadsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListMultipartUploads operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListMultipartUploads for more information on using the ListMultipartUploads
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListMultipartUploadsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListMultipartUploads,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?uploads",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "UploadIdMarker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextUploadIdMarker"},
LimitToken: "MaxUploads",
TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListMultipartUploadsInput{}
}
output = &ListMultipartUploadsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. An in-progress multipart
// upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated using the Initiate Multipart
// Upload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted.
//
// This operation returns at most 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. 1,000
// multipart uploads is the maximum number of uploads a response can include,
// which is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads
// in a response by specifying the max-uploads parameter in the response. If
// additional multipart uploads satisfy the list criteria, the response will
// contain an IsTruncated element with the value true. To list the additional
// multipart uploads, use the key-marker and upload-id-marker request parameters.
//
// In the response, the uploads are sorted by key. If your application has initiated
// more than one multipart upload using the same object key, then uploads in
// the response are first sorted by key. Additionally, uploads are sorted in
// ascending order within each key by the upload initiation time.
//
// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart
// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html).
//
// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListMultipartUploads for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListMultipartUploads
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploads(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListMultipartUploadsWithContext is the same as ListMultipartUploads with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListMultipartUploads for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListMultipartUploadsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListMultipartUploads method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultipartUploads operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListMultipartUploadsPages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListMultipartUploadsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPages(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext same as ListMultipartUploadsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultipartUploadsInput, fn func(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListMultipartUploadsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListMultipartUploadsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opListObjectVersions = "ListObjectVersions"
// ListObjectVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListObjectVersions operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListObjectVersions for more information on using the ListObjectVersions
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectVersionsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListObjectVersionsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectVersionsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListObjectVersions,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versions",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"KeyMarker", "VersionIdMarker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextKeyMarker", "NextVersionIdMarker"},
LimitToken: "MaxKeys",
TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListObjectVersionsInput{}
}
output = &ListObjectVersionsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. You can
// also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about
// a subset of all the object versions.
//
// A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your
// application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately.
//
// To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
//
// The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions:
//
// * ListObjectsV2
//
// * GetObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListObjectVersions for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectVersions
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersions(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectVersionsWithContext is the same as ListObjectVersions with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListObjectVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectVersionsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectVersions operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListObjectVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectVersions operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListObjectVersionsPages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListObjectVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPages(input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectVersionsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectVersionsInput, fn func(*ListObjectVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListObjectVersionsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListObjectVersionsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opListObjects = "ListObjects"
// ListObjectsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListObjects operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListObjects for more information on using the ListObjects
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListObjectsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects
func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListObjects,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextMarker || Contents[-1].Key"},
LimitToken: "MaxKeys",
TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListObjectsInput{}
}
output = &ListObjectsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use
// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects
// in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure
// to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle
// it appropriately.
//
// This API has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2,
// when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues
// to support ListObjects.
//
// The following operations are related to ListObjects:
//
// * ListObjectsV2
//
// * GetObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * ListBuckets
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListObjects for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
// The specified bucket does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjects
func (c *S3) ListObjects(input *ListObjectsInput) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectsWithContext is the same as ListObjects with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListObjects for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectsPages iterates over the pages of a ListObjects operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListObjects method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjects operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListObjectsPages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListObjectsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListObjectsPages(input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListObjectsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListObjectsPagesWithContext same as ListObjectsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInput, fn func(*ListObjectsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListObjectsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListObjectsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opListObjectsV2 = "ListObjectsV2"
// ListObjectsV2Request generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListObjectsV2 operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListObjectsV2 for more information on using the ListObjectsV2
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListObjectsV2Request method.
// req, resp := client.ListObjectsV2Request(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Request, output *ListObjectsV2Output) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListObjectsV2,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?list-type=2",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"ContinuationToken"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextContinuationToken"},
LimitToken: "MaxKeys",
TruncationToken: "",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListObjectsV2Input{}
}
output = &ListObjectsV2Output{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use
// the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects
// in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure
// to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle
// it appropriately.
//
// To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket.
//
// To use this operation in an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy,
// you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket
// owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others.
// For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket
// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// This section describes the latest revision of the API. We recommend that
// you use this revised API for application development. For backward compatibility,
// Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API, ListObjects.
//
// To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets.
//
// The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2:
//
// * GetObject
//
// * PutObject
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListObjectsV2 for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchBucket "NoSuchBucket"
// The specified bucket does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListObjectsV2
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectsV2WithContext is the same as ListObjectsV2 with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListObjectsV2 for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2WithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, opts ...request.Option) (*ListObjectsV2Output, error) {
req, out := c.ListObjectsV2Request(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListObjectsV2Pages iterates over the pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListObjectsV2 method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListObjectsV2 operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListObjectsV2Pages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListObjectsV2Output, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Pages(input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext same as ListObjectsV2Pages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2Input, fn func(*ListObjectsV2Output, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListObjectsV2Input
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListObjectsV2Request(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opListParts = "ListParts"
// ListPartsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the ListParts operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See ListParts for more information on using the ListParts
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the ListPartsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.ListPartsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts
func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListPartsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opListParts,
HTTPMethod: "GET",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
InputTokens: []string{"PartNumberMarker"},
OutputTokens: []string{"NextPartNumberMarker"},
LimitToken: "MaxParts",
TruncationToken: "IsTruncated",
},
}
if input == nil {
input = &ListPartsInput{}
}
output = &ListPartsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload.
// This operation must include the upload ID, which you obtain by sending the
// initiate multipart upload request (see CreateMultipartUpload). This request
// returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The default number of parts returned
// is 1,000 parts. You can restrict the number of parts returned by specifying
// the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more
// than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value
// of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. In subsequent ListParts requests
// you can include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its
// value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response.
//
// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart
// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html).
//
// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html).
//
// The following operations are related to ListParts:
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation ListParts for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/ListParts
func (c *S3) ListParts(input *ListPartsInput) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListPartsWithContext is the same as ListParts with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See ListParts for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListPartsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListPartsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.ListPartsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// ListPartsPages iterates over the pages of a ListParts operation,
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
//
// See ListParts method for more information on how to use this operation.
//
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
//
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListParts operation.
// pageNum := 0
// err := client.ListPartsPages(params,
// func(page *s3.ListPartsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
// pageNum++
// fmt.Println(page)
// return pageNum <= 3
// })
//
func (c *S3) ListPartsPages(input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool) error {
return c.ListPartsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
}
// ListPartsPagesWithContext same as ListPartsPages except
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, fn func(*ListPartsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
p := request.Pagination{
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
var inCpy *ListPartsInput
if input != nil {
tmp := *input
inCpy = &tmp
}
req, _ := c.ListPartsRequest(inCpy)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return req, nil
},
}
for p.Next() {
if !fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) {
break
}
}
return p.Err()
}
const opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration = "PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration"
// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketAccelerateConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?accelerate",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer
// Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster
// data transfers to Amazon S3.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following
// two values:
//
// * Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
//
// * Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket.
//
// The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation returns the transfer acceleration
// state of a bucket.
//
// After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it
// might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket
// increase.
//
// The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant
// and must not contain periods (".").
//
// For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html).
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration:
//
// * GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration(input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketAcl = "PutBucketAcl"
// PutBucketAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketAcl for more information on using the PutBucketAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAclRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketAclRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl
func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAclOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketAcl,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?acl",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketAclInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketAclOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL).
// For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html).
// To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission.
//
// You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions:
//
// * Specify the ACL in the request body
//
// * Specify permissions using request headers
//
// You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request
// headers.
//
// Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket
// using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an
// existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then
// you can continue to use that approach.
//
// Access Permissions
//
// You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
//
// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports
// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a
// predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name
// as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other
// access control-specific headers in your request. For more information,
// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp,
// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using
// these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS
// accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you
// use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use the x-amz-acl header to
// set a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that
// Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control
// List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html).
// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of
// the following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID
// of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined
// group emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of
// an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported
// in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California)
// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific
// (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all
// the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in
// the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-write
// header grants create, overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery
// group predefined by Amazon S3 and two AWS accounts identified by their
// email addresses. x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery",
// id="111122223333", id="555566667777"
//
// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly.
// You cannot do both.
//
// Grantee Values
//
// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights
// (using request elements) in the following ways:
//
// * By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<>
// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request
//
// * By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
//
// * By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<>lt;/Grantee>
// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET
// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses
// to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: US
// East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific
// (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland)
// South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions
// and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region)
// in the AWS General Reference.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// * GetObjectAcl
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketAcl for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAcl
func (c *S3) PutBucketAcl(input *PutBucketAclInput) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketAclWithContext is the same as PutBucketAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAclRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration = "PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration"
// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?analytics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics
// configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per
// bucket.
//
// You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports sent
// to a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file. See the DataExport request element.
// Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters that you configure.
// When selecting data export, you specify a destination bucket and an optional
// destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to
// a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket
// must be in the same Region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics
// configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage
// Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html).
//
// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported
// file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the
// bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory
// and Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// Special Errors
//
// * HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid
// argument.
//
// * HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause:
// You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached
// the 1,000-configuration limit.
//
// * HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not
// the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration
// bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
//
// Related Resources
//
// *
//
// *
//
// *
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration(input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketCors = "PutBucketCors"
// PutBucketCorsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketCors operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketCors for more information on using the PutBucketCors
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketCorsRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketCorsRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors
func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketCorsOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketCors,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?cors",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketCorsInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketCorsOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists,
// Amazon S3 replaces it.
//
// To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it
// to others.
//
// You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin
// requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is
// http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com
// by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability.
//
// To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors
// subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which
// you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be
// executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size.
//
// When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request)
// against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses
// the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable
// a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must
// be met:
//
// * The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements.
//
// * The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD, and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method
// header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod
// elements.
//
// * Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request
// header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element.
//
// For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon
// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetBucketCors
//
// * DeleteBucketCors
//
// * RESTOPTIONSobject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketCors for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketCors
func (c *S3) PutBucketCors(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketCorsWithContext is the same as PutBucketCors with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketCors for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketCorsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketCorsOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketCorsRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketEncryption = "PutBucketEncryption"
// PutBucketEncryptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketEncryption operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketEncryption for more information on using the PutBucketEncryption
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketEncryptionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketEncryptionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketEncryption,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?encryption",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketEncryptionInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketEncryptionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the PUT operation uses the encryption subresource
// to set the default encryption state of an existing bucket.
//
// This implementation of the PUT operation sets default encryption for a bucket
// using server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys SSE-S3 or AWS KMS
// customer master keys (CMKs) (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3
// default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html).
//
// This operation requires AWS Signature Version 4. For more information, see
// Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) (sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetBucketEncryption
//
// * DeleteBucketEncryption
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketEncryption for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketEncryption
func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryption(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketEncryptionWithContext is the same as PutBucketEncryption with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketEncryption for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketEncryptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketEncryptionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration = "PutBucketInventoryConfiguration"
// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketInventoryConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?inventory",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This implementation of the PUT operation adds an inventory configuration
// (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000
// inventory configurations per bucket.
//
// Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on
// a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The
// bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where
// the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination
// bucket must be in the same AWS Region as the source bucket.
//
// When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination
// bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate
// the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata
// to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions.
// For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions
// to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For
// an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage
// Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Special Errors
//
// * HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument
//
// * HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are
// attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the
// 1,000-configuration limit.
//
// * HTTP 403 Forbidden Error Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not the owner
// of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration
// bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketInventoryConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfiguration(input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketInventoryConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketInventoryConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketLifecycle = "PutBucketLifecycle"
// PutBucketLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycle operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycle for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycle
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleOutput) {
if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketLifecycle, has been deprecated")
}
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketLifecycle,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketLifecycleInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketLifecycleOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
//
// For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.
// This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will
// work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API.
//
// Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing
// lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see
// Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related
// subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration)
// are private. Only the resource owner, the AWS account that created the resource,
// can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions
// to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get
// the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
//
// You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes
// any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing
// or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for
// the following actions:
//
// * s3:DeleteObject
//
// * s3:DeleteObjectVersion
//
// * s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
//
// For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to
// your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA
// or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#lifecycle-configuration-examples).
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetBucketLifecycle(Deprecated)
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// *
//
// * By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is
// the AWS account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations.
// A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation.
// For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon Simple Storage
// Service Developer Guide: Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html)
// Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketLifecycle for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycle
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycle has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycle(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketLifecycleWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycle with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketLifecycleWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration = "PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration"
// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketLifecycleConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?lifecycle",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing
// lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see
// Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using
// an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both.
// Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version
// of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which
// is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description,
// see PutBucketLifecycle.
//
// Rules
//
// You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle
// configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. Each rule
// consists of the following:
//
// * Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The
// filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination
// of both.
//
// * Status whether the rule is in effect.
//
// * One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want
// Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state
// of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can
// have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or
// more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that
// you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions.
//
// For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html)
// and Lifecycle Configuration Elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html).
//
// Permissions
//
// By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects,
// and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website
// configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the AWS account that created
// it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access
// permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a
// user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission.
//
// You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any
// other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or
// deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the
// following actions:
//
// * s3:DeleteObject
//
// * s3:DeleteObjectVersion
//
// * s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration
//
// For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to
// Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// The following are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration:
//
// * Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-configuration-examples.html)
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * DeleteBucketLifecycle
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration(input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketLogging = "PutBucketLogging"
// PutBucketLoggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketLogging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketLogging for more information on using the PutBucketLogging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketLoggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketLoggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging
func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketLoggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketLogging,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?logging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketLoggingInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketLoggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who
// can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets
// in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of
// a bucket, you must be the bucket owner.
//
// The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use
// the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions
// request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs.
//
// Grantee Values
//
// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights
// (using request elements) in the following ways:
//
// * By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<>
// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
//
// * By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<>
// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET
// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser.
//
// * By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
//
// To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements.
// To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element:
//
//
//
// For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerLogs.html).
//
// For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more
// information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging.
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging:
//
// * PutObject
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * GetBucketLogging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketLogging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketLogging
func (c *S3) PutBucketLogging(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketLoggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketLogging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketLogging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketLoggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketLoggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketLoggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration = "PutBucketMetricsConfiguration"
// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketMetricsConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?metrics",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID)
// for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket.
// If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a
// full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include
// the elements you want to keep, they are erased.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner
// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions,
// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring
// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html).
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration:
//
// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
//
// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations
//
// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error:
//
// * Error code: TooManyConfigurations Description: You are attempting to
// create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration
// limit. HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketMetricsConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfiguration(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketMetricsConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketMetricsConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketNotification = "PutBucketNotification"
// PutBucketNotificationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketNotification operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketNotification for more information on using the PutBucketNotification
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationOutput) {
if c.Client.Config.Logger != nil {
c.Client.Config.Logger.Log("This operation, PutBucketNotification, has been deprecated")
}
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketNotification,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketNotificationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketNotificationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// No longer used, see the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketNotification for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotification
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketNotification has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotification(input *PutBucketNotificationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketNotificationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotification with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketNotification for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
//
// Deprecated: PutBucketNotificationWithContext has been deprecated
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration = "PutBucketNotificationConfiguration"
// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for more information on using the PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketNotificationConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?notification",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
return
}
// PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information
// about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).
//
// Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The
// configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon
// S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an
// event notification when it detects an event of the specified type.
//
// By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the
// notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration.
//
//
//
//
//
// This operation replaces the existing notification configuration with the
// configuration you include in the request body.
//
// After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon
// Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon
// SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish
// to it by sending a test notification. In the case of AWS Lambda destinations,
// Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission
// to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see
// Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).
//
// You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration
// element.
//
// By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket.
// However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other
// users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission.
//
// The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification
// configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations.
// When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test
// messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT operation
// will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket.
//
// Responses
//
// If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration
// specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response
// will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message
// ID of the test notification sent to the topic.
//
// The following operation is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration:
//
// * GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketNotificationConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfiguration(input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutBucketNotificationConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketNotificationConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketPolicy = "PutBucketPolicy"
// PutBucketPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketPolicy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketPolicy for more information on using the PutBucketPolicy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketPolicyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketPolicyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketPolicyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketPolicy,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?policy",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketPolicyInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketPolicyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using
// an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket,
// the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified
// bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation.
//
// If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access
// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an
// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a
// 405 Method Not Allowed error.
//
// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket
// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root
// user the ability to perform this action.
//
// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and
// User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html).
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy:
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketPolicy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketPolicy
func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicy(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBucketPolicy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketPolicyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketPolicyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketReplication = "PutBucketReplication"
// PutBucketReplicationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketReplication operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketReplication for more information on using the PutBucketReplication
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketReplicationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketReplicationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication
func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketReplicationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketReplication,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?replication",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketReplicationInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketReplicationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more
// information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
//
// To perform this operation, the user or role performing the operation must
// have the iam:PassRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_passrole.html)
// permission.
//
// Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication
// configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket where you want
// Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to
// replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information.
//
// A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain
// a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate
// by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets
// of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. All rules must specify
// the same destination bucket.
//
// To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication
// rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter
// objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both.
// When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the
// following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority.
//
// The latest version of the replication configuration XML is V2. XML V2 replication
// configurations are those that contain the Filter element for rules, and rules
// that specify S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). In XML V2 replication
// configurations, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate delete markers. Therefore, you
// must set the DeleteMarkerReplication element to Disabled. For backward compatibility,
// Amazon S3 continues to support the XML V1 replication configuration.
//
// For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html).
//
// By default, a resource owner, in this case the AWS account that created the
// bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others
// permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions,
// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects
//
// By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using
// server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS. To replicate AWS KMS-encrypted
// objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects,
// Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about
// replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using
// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-config-for-kms-objects.html).
//
// For information on PutBucketReplication errors, see ReplicationErrorCodeList
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication:
//
// * GetBucketReplication
//
// * DeleteBucketReplication
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketReplication for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketReplication
func (c *S3) PutBucketReplication(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketReplicationWithContext is the same as PutBucketReplication with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketReplication for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketReplicationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketReplicationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketReplicationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketRequestPayment = "PutBucketRequestPayment"
// PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketRequestPayment operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketRequestPayment for more information on using the PutBucketRequestPayment
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketRequestPayment,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?requestPayment",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketRequestPaymentInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket
// owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables
// the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download
// will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays
// Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html).
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment:
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * GetBucketRequestPayment
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketRequestPayment for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketRequestPayment
func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPayment(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext is the same as PutBucketRequestPayment with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketRequestPayment for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketTagging = "PutBucketTagging"
// PutBucketTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketTagging for more information on using the PutBucketTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging
func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketTagging,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketTaggingInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the tags for a bucket.
//
// Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To
// do this, sign up to get your AWS account bill with tag key values included.
// Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information
// according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can
// tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize
// your billing information to see the total cost of that application across
// several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html).
//
// Within a bucket, if you add a tag that has the same key as an existing tag,
// the new value overwrites the old value. For more information, see Using Cost
// Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CostAllocTagging.html).
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html).
//
// PutBucketTagging has the following special errors:
//
// * Error code: InvalidTagError Description: The tag provided was not a
// valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation.
// For information about tag restrictions, see User-Defined Tag Restrictions
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html)
// and AWS-Generated Cost Allocation Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/aws-tag-restrictions.html).
//
// * Error code: MalformedXMLError Description: The XML provided does not
// match the schema.
//
// * Error code: OperationAbortedError Description: A conflicting conditional
// operation is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
//
// * Error code: InternalError Description: The service was unable to apply
// the provided tag to the bucket.
//
// The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging:
//
// * GetBucketTagging
//
// * DeleteBucketTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketTagging
func (c *S3) PutBucketTagging(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketTaggingWithContext is the same as PutBucketTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketVersioning = "PutBucketVersioning"
// PutBucketVersioningRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketVersioning operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketVersioning for more information on using the PutBucketVersioning
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketVersioningRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketVersioningRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketVersioningOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketVersioning,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?versioning",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketVersioningInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketVersioningOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketVersioning API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state,
// you must be the bucket owner.
//
// You can set the versioning state with one of the following values:
//
// Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added
// to the bucket receive a unique version ID.
//
// Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects
// added to the bucket receive the version ID null.
//
// If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning
// state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value.
//
// If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration,
// the bucket owner must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status
// and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state
// of the bucket.
//
// If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket
// and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable
// versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration
// lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions
// in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current
// and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle
// and Versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config).
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CreateBucket
//
// * DeleteBucket
//
// * GetBucketVersioning
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketVersioning for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketVersioning
func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioning(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketVersioningWithContext is the same as PutBucketVersioning with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketVersioning for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketVersioningInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketVersioningOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketVersioningRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutBucketWebsite = "PutBucketWebsite"
// PutBucketWebsiteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutBucketWebsite operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutBucketWebsite for more information on using the PutBucketWebsite
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutBucketWebsiteRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBucketWebsiteOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutBucketWebsite,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?website",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutBucketWebsiteInput{}
}
output = &PutBucketWebsiteOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource.
// To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket
// with website configuration information such as the file name of the index
// document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites
// on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html).
//
// This PUT operation requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default,
// only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however,
// bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing
// a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission.
//
// To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you
// add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests
// are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name
// for the bucket.
//
// * WebsiteConfiguration
//
// * RedirectAllRequestsTo
//
// * HostName
//
// * Protocol
//
// If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements
// to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and
// information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration
// must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might
// not be redirected.
//
// * WebsiteConfiguration
//
// * IndexDocument
//
// * Suffix
//
// * ErrorDocument
//
// * Key
//
// * RoutingRules
//
// * RoutingRule
//
// * Condition
//
// * HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
//
// * KeyPrefixEquals
//
// * Redirect
//
// * Protocol
//
// * HostName
//
// * ReplaceKeyPrefixWith
//
// * ReplaceKeyWith
//
// * HttpRedirectCode
//
// Amazon S3 has a limitation of 50 routing rules per website configuration.
// If you require more than 50 routing rules, you can use object redirect. For
// more information, see Configuring an Object Redirect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutBucketWebsite for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutBucketWebsite
func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsite(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutBucketWebsiteWithContext is the same as PutBucketWebsite with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutBucketWebsite for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBucketWebsiteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBucketWebsiteOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObject = "PutObject"
// PutObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObject for more information on using the PutObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject
func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObject,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to
// add an object to it.
//
// Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response,
// Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket.
//
// Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests
// for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object
// written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make
// sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead.
//
// To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5
// header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the
// provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally,
// you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare
// the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value.
//
// The Content-MD5 header is required for any request to upload an object with
// a retention period configured using Amazon S3 Object Lock. For more information
// about Amazon S3 Object Lock, see Amazon S3 Object Lock Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock-overview.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Server-side Encryption
//
// You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption,
// Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers
// and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide
// your own encryption key or use AWS managed encryption keys. For more information,
// see Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html).
//
// Access Control List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers
//
// You can use headers to grant ACL- based permissions. By default, all objects
// are private. Only the owner has full access control. When adding a new object,
// you can grant permissions to individual AWS accounts or to predefined groups
// defined by Amazon S3. These permissions are then added to the ACL on the
// object. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html)
// and Managing ACLs Using the REST API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-using-rest-api.html).
//
// Storage Class Options
//
// By default, Amazon S3 uses the STANDARD storage class to store newly created
// objects. The STANDARD storage class provides high durability and high availability.
// Depending on performance needs, you can specify a different storage class.
// For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Service Developer Guide.
//
// Versioning
//
// If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates
// a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID
// in the response. When you enable versioning for a bucket, if Amazon S3 receives
// multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it stores all
// of the objects.
//
// For more information about versioning, see Adding Objects to Versioning Enabled
// Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/AddingObjectstoVersioningEnabledBuckets.html).
// For information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, see GetBucketVersioning.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CopyObject
//
// * DeleteObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObject for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObject
func (c *S3) PutObject(input *PutObjectInput) (*PutObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectWithContext is the same as PutObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectAcl = "PutObjectAcl"
// PutObjectAclRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectAcl operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectAcl for more information on using the PutObjectAcl
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectAclRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectAclRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl
func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectAclOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectAcl,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?acl",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectAclInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectAclOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions
// for an object that already exists in a bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission
// to set the ACL of an object.
//
// Depending on your application needs, you can choose to set the ACL on an
// object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you
// have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request
// body, you can continue to use that approach. For more information, see Access
// Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
//
// Access Permissions
//
// You can set access permissions using one of the following methods:
//
// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports
// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a
// predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name
// as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other
// access control-specific headers in your request. For more information,
// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
//
// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp,
// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using
// these headers, you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS
// accounts or Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you
// use these ACL-specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set
// a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon
// S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL)
// Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html).
// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of
// the following: id – if the value specified is the canonical user ID
// of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined
// group emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address of
// an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported
// in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California)
// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific
// (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all
// the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) in
// the AWS General Reference. For example, the following x-amz-grant-read
// header grants list objects permission to the two AWS accounts identified
// by their email addresses. x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com",
// emailAddress="abc@amazon.com"
//
// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly.
// You cannot do both.
//
// Grantee Values
//
// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights
// (using request elements) in the following ways:
//
// * By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<>
// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request.
//
// * By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<>
//
// * By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<>lt;/Grantee>
// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET
// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. Using email addresses
// to specify a grantee is only supported in the following AWS Regions: US
// East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific
// (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Europe (Ireland)
// South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions
// and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region)
// in the AWS General Reference.
//
// Versioning
//
// The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT
// sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different
// version, use the versionId subresource.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CopyObject
//
// * GetObject
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectAcl for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeNoSuchKey "NoSuchKey"
// The specified key does not exist.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectAcl
func (c *S3) PutObjectAcl(input *PutObjectAclInput) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectAclWithContext is the same as PutObjectAcl with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectAcl for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectAclWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectAclInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectAclOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectAclRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectLegalHold = "PutObjectLegalHold"
// PutObjectLegalHoldRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectLegalHold operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectLegalHold for more information on using the PutObjectLegalHold
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLegalHoldRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectLegalHold,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?legal-hold",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectLegalHoldInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectLegalHoldOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectLegalHold for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLegalHold
func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHold(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext is the same as PutObjectLegalHold with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectLegalHold for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLegalHoldOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectLockConfiguration = "PutObjectLockConfiguration"
// PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectLockConfiguration operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectLockConfiguration for more information on using the PutObjectLockConfiguration
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectLockConfiguration,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?object-lock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectLockConfigurationInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified
// in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new
// object placed in the specified bucket.
//
// DefaultRetention requires either Days or Years. You can't specify both at
// the same time.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectLockConfiguration for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectLockConfiguration
func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfiguration(input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext is the same as PutObjectLockConfiguration with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectLockConfiguration for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectRetention = "PutObjectRetention"
// PutObjectRetentionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectRetention operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectRetention for more information on using the PutObjectRetention
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectRetentionRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectRetentionRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention
func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionRequest(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectRetentionOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectRetention,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?retention",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectRetentionInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectRetentionOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Places an Object Retention configuration on an object.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectRetention for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectRetention
func (c *S3) PutObjectRetention(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectRetentionWithContext is the same as PutObjectRetention with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectRetention for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectRetentionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectRetentionOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectRetentionRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutObjectTagging = "PutObjectTagging"
// PutObjectTaggingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutObjectTagging operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutObjectTagging for more information on using the PutObjectTagging
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutObjectTaggingRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutObjectTaggingRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging
func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutObjectTaggingOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutObjectTagging,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?tagging",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutObjectTaggingInput{}
}
output = &PutObjectTaggingOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket.
//
// A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending
// a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the
// object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information,
// see GetObjectTagging.
//
// For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see
// Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html).
// Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object.
//
// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging
// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this
// permission to others.
//
// To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You
// also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action.
//
// For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).
//
// Special Errors
//
// * Code: InvalidTagError Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This
// error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information,
// see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html).
//
// * Code: MalformedXMLError Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema.
//
// * Code: OperationAbortedError Cause: A conflicting conditional operation
// is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again.
//
// * Code: InternalError Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided
// tag to the object.
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetObjectTagging
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutObjectTagging for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutObjectTagging
func (c *S3) PutObjectTagging(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutObjectTaggingWithContext is the same as PutObjectTagging with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutObjectTagging for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutObjectTaggingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutObjectTaggingOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutObjectTaggingRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opPutPublicAccessBlock = "PutPublicAccessBlock"
// PutPublicAccessBlockRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the PutPublicAccessBlock operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See PutPublicAccessBlock for more information on using the PutPublicAccessBlock
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the PutPublicAccessBlockRequest method.
// req, resp := client.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opPutPublicAccessBlock,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}?publicAccessBlock",
}
if input == nil {
input = &PutPublicAccessBlockInput{}
}
output = &PutPublicAccessBlockOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
req.Handlers.Build.PushBackNamed(request.NamedHandler{
Name: "contentMd5Handler",
Fn: checksum.AddBodyContentMD5Handler,
})
return
}
// PutPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3
// bucket. To use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock
// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying
// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html).
//
// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket
// or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the
// bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account.
// If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket
// and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level
// and account-level settings.
//
// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object
// public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status).
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetPublicAccessBlock
//
// * DeletePublicAccessBlock
//
// * GetBucketPolicyStatus
//
// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html)
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation PutPublicAccessBlock for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/PutPublicAccessBlock
func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlock(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext is the same as PutPublicAccessBlock with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See PutPublicAccessBlock for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutPublicAccessBlockOutput, error) {
req, out := c.PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opRestoreObject = "RestoreObject"
// RestoreObjectRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the RestoreObject operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See RestoreObject for more information on using the RestoreObject
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the RestoreObjectRequest method.
// req, resp := client.RestoreObjectRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject
func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Request, output *RestoreObjectOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opRestoreObject,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?restore",
}
if input == nil {
input = &RestoreObjectInput{}
}
output = &RestoreObjectOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// RestoreObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3
//
// This operation performs the following types of requests:
//
// * select - Perform a select query on an archived object
//
// * restore an archive - Restore an archived object
//
// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject
// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this
// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions
// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources)
// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Querying Archives with Select Requests
//
// You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects.
// The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be
// formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run
// queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore
// your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests,
// see Querying Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// When making a select request, do the following:
//
// * Define an output location for the select query's output. This must be
// an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region as the bucket that contains
// the archive object that is being queried. The AWS account that initiates
// the job must have permissions to write to the S3 bucket. You can specify
// the storage class and encryption for the output objects stored in the
// bucket. For more information about output, see Querying Archived Objects
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For more information
// about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: PutObject
// Managing Access with ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide Protecting Data Using
// Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide
//
// * Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your
// query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions
// like the following examples. The following expression returns all records
// from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object Assuming that you are
// not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns
// with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 >
// 100 If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure
// in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If
// you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for
// the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names.
// SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s
//
// For more information about using SQL with S3 Glacier Select restore, see
// SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// When making a select request, you can also do the following:
//
// * To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information
// about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic.
//
// * Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input
// object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded
// query results.
//
// The following are additional important facts about the select feature:
//
// * The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals,
// they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle
// policy.
//
// * You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object.
// Amazon S3 doesn't deduplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests.
//
// * Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been
// restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409.
//
// Restoring Archives
//
// Objects in the GLACIER and DEEP_ARCHIVE storage classes are archived. To
// access an archived object, you must first initiate a restore request. This
// restores a temporary copy of the archived object. In a restore request, you
// specify the number of days that you want the restored copy to exist. After
// the specified period, Amazon S3 deletes the temporary copy but the object
// remains archived in the GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class that object
// was restored from.
//
// To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you
// don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version.
//
// The time it takes restore jobs to finish depends on which storage class the
// object is being restored from and which data access tier you specify.
//
// When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify
// one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the
// request body:
//
// * Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data
// stored in the GLACIER storage class when occasional urgent requests for
// a subset of archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects
// (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals are typically made
// available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval
// capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited
// retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for the DEEP_ARCHIVE
// storage class.
//
// * Standard - S3 Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived
// objects within several hours. This is the default option for the GLACIER
// and DEEP_ARCHIVE retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval
// option. S3 Standard retrievals typically complete within 3-5 hours from
// the GLACIER storage class and typically complete within 12 hours from
// the DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class.
//
// * Bulk - Bulk retrievals are Amazon S3 Glacier’s lowest-cost retrieval
// option, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data
// inexpensively in a day. Bulk retrievals typically complete within 5-12
// hours from the GLACIER storage class and typically complete within 48
// hours from the DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class.
//
// For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity
// for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to
// a faster speed while it is in progress. You upgrade the speed of an in-progress
// restoration by issuing another restore request to the same object, setting
// a new Tier request element. When issuing a request to upgrade the restore
// tier, you must choose a tier that is faster than the tier that the in-progress
// restore is using. You must not change any other parameters, such as the Days
// request element. For more information, see Upgrading the Speed of an In-Progress
// Restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html#restoring-objects-upgrade-tier.title.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations
// return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration
// status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify
// you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring
// Amazon S3 Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period
// by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration
// period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there
// are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when
// Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object.
//
// If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an
// expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you
// specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy
// for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes
// the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration,
// see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html)
// in Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Responses
//
// A successful operation returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code.
//
// * If the object copy is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns
// 202 Accepted in the response.
//
// * If the object copy is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK
// in the response.
//
// Special Errors
//
// * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Cause: Object restore is already in progress.
// (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.) HTTP Status Code:
// 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable Cause: S3 Glacier expedited
// retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if
// there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This
// error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to S3 Standard or Bulk
// retrievals.) HTTP Status Code: 503 SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A
//
// Related Resources
//
// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * GetBucketNotificationConfiguration
//
// * SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation RestoreObject for usage and error information.
//
// Returned Error Codes:
// * ErrCodeObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError "ObjectAlreadyInActiveTierError"
// This operation is not allowed against this storage tier.
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/RestoreObject
func (c *S3) RestoreObject(input *RestoreObjectInput) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// RestoreObjectWithContext is the same as RestoreObject with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See RestoreObject for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) RestoreObjectWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RestoreObjectInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RestoreObjectOutput, error) {
req, out := c.RestoreObjectRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opSelectObjectContent = "SelectObjectContent"
// SelectObjectContentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the SelectObjectContent operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See SelectObjectContent for more information on using the SelectObjectContent
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the SelectObjectContentRequest method.
// req, resp := client.SelectObjectContentRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent
func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentRequest(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (req *request.Request, output *SelectObjectContentOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opSelectObjectContent,
HTTPMethod: "POST",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}?select&select-type=2",
}
if input == nil {
input = &SelectObjectContentInput{}
}
output = &SelectObjectContentOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
es := NewSelectObjectContentEventStream()
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(es.setStreamCloser)
output.EventStream = es
req.Handlers.Send.Swap(client.LogHTTPResponseHandler.Name, client.LogHTTPResponseHeaderHandler)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restxml.UnmarshalHandler.Name, rest.UnmarshalHandler)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(es.runOutputStream)
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.PushBack(es.runOnStreamPartClose)
return
}
// SelectObjectContent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// This operation filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple
// structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the
// SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON,
// CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse
// object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified
// SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the
// response.
//
// For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/selecting-content-from-objects.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see SQL Reference
// for Amazon S3 Select and S3 Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Permissions
//
// You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select
// does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions,
// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Object Data Formats
//
// You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format
// properties:
//
// * CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format.
//
// * UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports.
//
// * GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2.
// GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select
// supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression
// for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object
// compression for Parquet objects.
//
// * Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects
// that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted
// with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and
// you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more
// information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided
// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For objects that
// are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) and customer
// master keys (CMKs) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), server-side
// encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything.
// For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and
// SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Working with the Response Body
//
// Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response
// as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked
// as its value in the response. For more information, see RESTSelectObjectAppendix .
//
// GetObject Support
//
// The SelectObjectContent operation does not support the following GetObject
// functionality. For more information, see GetObject.
//
// * Range: Although you can specify a scan range for an Amazon S3 Select
// request (see SelectObjectContentRequest$ScanRange in the request parameters),
// you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return.
//
// * GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes: You cannot
// specify the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes.
// For more information, about storage classes see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html#storage-class-intro)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Special Errors
//
// For a list of special errors for this operation, see SelectObjectContentErrorCodeList
//
// Related Resources
//
// * GetObject
//
// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation SelectObjectContent for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/SelectObjectContent
func (c *S3) SelectObjectContent(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// SelectObjectContentWithContext is the same as SelectObjectContent with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See SelectObjectContent for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *SelectObjectContentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*SelectObjectContentOutput, error) {
req, out := c.SelectObjectContentRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
var _ awserr.Error
// SelectObjectContentEventStream provides the event stream handling for the SelectObjectContent.
//
// For testing and mocking the event stream this type should be initialized via
// the NewSelectObjectContentEventStream constructor function. Using the functional options
// to pass in nested mock behavior.
type SelectObjectContentEventStream struct {
// Reader is the EventStream reader for the SelectObjectContentEventStream
// events. This value is automatically set by the SDK when the API call is made
// Use this member when unit testing your code with the SDK to mock out the
// EventStream Reader.
//
// Must not be nil.
Reader SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader
outputReader io.ReadCloser
// StreamCloser is the io.Closer for the EventStream connection. For HTTP
// EventStream this is the response Body. The stream will be closed when
// the Close method of the EventStream is called.
StreamCloser io.Closer
done chan struct{}
closeOnce sync.Once
err *eventstreamapi.OnceError
}
// NewSelectObjectContentEventStream initializes an SelectObjectContentEventStream.
// This function should only be used for testing and mocking the SelectObjectContentEventStream
// stream within your application.
//
// The Reader member must be set before reading events from the stream.
//
// The StreamCloser member should be set to the underlying io.Closer,
// (e.g. http.Response.Body), that will be closed when the stream Close method
// is called.
//
// es := NewSelectObjectContentEventStream(func(o *SelectObjectContentEventStream{
// es.Reader = myMockStreamReader
// es.StreamCloser = myMockStreamCloser
// })
func NewSelectObjectContentEventStream(opts ...func(*SelectObjectContentEventStream)) *SelectObjectContentEventStream {
es := &SelectObjectContentEventStream{
done: make(chan struct{}),
err: eventstreamapi.NewOnceError(),
}
for _, fn := range opts {
fn(es)
}
return es
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) setStreamCloser(r *request.Request) {
es.StreamCloser = r.HTTPResponse.Body
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) runOnStreamPartClose(r *request.Request) {
if es.done == nil {
return
}
go es.waitStreamPartClose()
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) waitStreamPartClose() {
var outputErrCh <-chan struct{}
if v, ok := es.Reader.(interface{ ErrorSet() <-chan struct{} }); ok {
outputErrCh = v.ErrorSet()
}
var outputClosedCh <-chan struct{}
if v, ok := es.Reader.(interface{ Closed() <-chan struct{} }); ok {
outputClosedCh = v.Closed()
}
select {
case <-es.done:
case <-outputErrCh:
es.err.SetError(es.Reader.Err())
es.Close()
case <-outputClosedCh:
if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil {
es.err.SetError(es.Reader.Err())
}
es.Close()
}
}
// Events returns a channel to read events from.
//
// These events are:
//
// * ContinuationEvent
// * EndEvent
// * ProgressEvent
// * RecordsEvent
// * StatsEvent
// * SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent {
return es.Reader.Events()
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) runOutputStream(r *request.Request) {
var opts []func(*eventstream.Decoder)
if r.Config.Logger != nil && r.Config.LogLevel.Matches(aws.LogDebugWithEventStreamBody) {
opts = append(opts, eventstream.DecodeWithLogger(r.Config.Logger))
}
unmarshalerForEvent := unmarshalerForSelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent{
metadata: protocol.ResponseMetadata{
StatusCode: r.HTTPResponse.StatusCode,
RequestID: r.RequestID,
},
}.UnmarshalerForEventName
decoder := eventstream.NewDecoder(r.HTTPResponse.Body, opts...)
eventReader := eventstreamapi.NewEventReader(decoder,
protocol.HandlerPayloadUnmarshal{
Unmarshalers: r.Handlers.UnmarshalStream,
},
unmarshalerForEvent,
)
es.outputReader = r.HTTPResponse.Body
es.Reader = newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream(eventReader)
}
// Close closes the stream. This will also cause the stream to be closed.
// Close must be called when done using the stream API. Not calling Close
// may result in resource leaks.
//
// You can use the closing of the Reader's Events channel to terminate your
// application's read from the API's stream.
//
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() (err error) {
es.closeOnce.Do(es.safeClose)
return es.Err()
}
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) safeClose() {
if es.done != nil {
close(es.done)
}
es.Reader.Close()
if es.outputReader != nil {
es.outputReader.Close()
}
es.StreamCloser.Close()
}
// Err returns any error that occurred while reading or writing EventStream
// Events from the service API's response. Returns nil if there were no errors.
func (es *SelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error {
if err := es.err.Err(); err != nil {
return err
}
if err := es.Reader.Err(); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
const opUploadPart = "UploadPart"
// UploadPartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UploadPart operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UploadPart for more information on using the UploadPart
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UploadPartRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UploadPartRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart
func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUploadPart,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UploadPartInput{}
}
output = &UploadPartOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UploadPart API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Uploads a part in a multipart upload.
//
// In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have
// an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for
// the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you
// use the UploadPartCopy operation.
//
// You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you
// can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns
// an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part
// request.
//
// Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number
// uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object
// being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was
// used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. Each
// part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. There is no size
// limit on the last part of your multipart upload.
//
// To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify
// the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part
// data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns
// an error.
//
// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you
// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged
// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort
// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging
// you for the parts storage.
//
// For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) in the
// Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide .
//
// For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API,
// go to Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts
// your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for
// you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption
// key, or you can use the AWS managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide
// your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must
// match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using
// CreateMultipartUpload. For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless
// you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify
// the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need
// to specify the server-side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate
// Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload.
//
// If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption
// key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical
// encryption information in each part upload using the following headers.
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key
//
// * x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5
//
// Special Errors
//
// * Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist.
// The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been
// aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation UploadPart for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPart
func (c *S3) UploadPart(input *UploadPartInput) (*UploadPartOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UploadPartWithContext is the same as UploadPart with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UploadPart for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) UploadPartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UploadPartRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
const opUploadPartCopy = "UploadPartCopy"
// UploadPartCopyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
// client's request for the UploadPartCopy operation. The "output" return
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
// successfully.
//
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
//
// See UploadPartCopy for more information on using the UploadPartCopy
// API call, and error handling.
//
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
//
//
// // Example sending a request using the UploadPartCopyRequest method.
// req, resp := client.UploadPartCopyRequest(params)
//
// err := req.Send()
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
// fmt.Println(resp)
// }
//
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy
func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Request, output *UploadPartCopyOutput) {
op := &request.Operation{
Name: opUploadPartCopy,
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
HTTPPath: "/{Bucket}/{Key+}",
}
if input == nil {
input = &UploadPartCopyInput{}
}
output = &UploadPartCopyOutput{}
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
return
}
// UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service.
//
// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You
// specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in
// your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range
// in your request.
//
// The minimum allowable part size for a multipart upload is 5 MB. For more
// information about multipart upload limits, go to Quick Facts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/qfacts.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart
// operation and provide data in your request.
//
// You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response
// to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload
// ID, that you must include in your upload part request.
//
// For more information about using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following:
//
// * For conceptual information about multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects
// Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// * For information about permissions required to use the multipart upload
// API, see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// * For information about copying objects using a single atomic operation
// vs. the multipart upload, see Operations on Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectOperations.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// * For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided
// encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and
// UploadPart.
//
// Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match,
// x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since, and
// x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since:
//
// * Consideration 1 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since
// headers are present in the request as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-match
// condition evaluates to true, and; x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since
// condition evaluates to false; Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and copies the
// data.
//
// * Consideration 2 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and
// x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request
// as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false,
// and; x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true;
// Amazon S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code.
//
// Versioning
//
// If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of
// the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version
// of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you
// don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source, Amazon S3 returns a 404
// error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the
// x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns
// an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker
// as a version for the x-amz-copy-source.
//
// You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy
// by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example:
//
// x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id
//
// Special Errors
//
// * Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist.
// The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been
// aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Cause: The specified copy source is not supported
// as a byte-range copy source. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
//
// Related Resources
//
// * CreateMultipartUpload
//
// * UploadPart
//
// * CompleteMultipartUpload
//
// * AbortMultipartUpload
//
// * ListParts
//
// * ListMultipartUploads
//
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
// the error.
//
// See the AWS API reference guide for Amazon Simple Storage Service's
// API operation UploadPartCopy for usage and error information.
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/UploadPartCopy
func (c *S3) UploadPartCopy(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input)
return out, req.Send()
}
// UploadPartCopyWithContext is the same as UploadPartCopy with the addition of
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
//
// See UploadPartCopy for details on how to use this API operation.
//
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
// for more information on using Contexts.
func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UploadPartCopyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UploadPartCopyOutput, error) {
req, out := c.UploadPartCopyRequest(input)
req.SetContext(ctx)
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
return out, req.Send()
}
// Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload
// that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the number of days after which Amazon S3 aborts an incomplete multipart
// upload.
DaysAfterInitiation *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDaysAfterInitiation sets the DaysAfterInitiation field's value.
func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload {
s.DaysAfterInitiation = &v
return s
}
type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"AbortMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name to which the upload was taking place.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AbortMultipartUploadInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type AbortMultipartUploadOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AbortMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *AbortMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *AbortMultipartUploadOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// Configures the transfer acceleration state for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more
// information, see Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type AccelerateConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the transfer acceleration status of the bucket.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AccelerateConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccelerateConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *AccelerateConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *AccelerateConfiguration {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
type AccessControlPolicy struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of grants.
Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlPolicy) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlPolicy) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AccessControlPolicy) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlPolicy"}
if s.Grants != nil {
for i, v := range s.Grants {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Grants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *AccessControlPolicy {
s.Grants = v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *AccessControlPolicy) SetOwner(v *Owner) *AccessControlPolicy {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// A container for information about access control for replicas.
type AccessControlTranslation struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the replica ownership. For default and valid values, see PUT bucket
// replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
//
// Owner is a required field
Owner *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"OwnerOverride"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlTranslation) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AccessControlTranslation) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AccessControlTranslation) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AccessControlTranslation"}
if s.Owner == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Owner"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *AccessControlTranslation) SetOwner(v string) *AccessControlTranslation {
s.Owner = &v
return s
}
// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates in any combination,
// and an object must match all of the predicates for the filter to apply.
type AnalyticsAndOperator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The prefix to use when evaluating an AND predicate: The prefix that an object
// must have to be included in the metrics results.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The list of tags to use when evaluating an AND predicate.
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsAndOperator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsAndOperator"}
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsAndOperator {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// Specifies the configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter of
// an Amazon S3 bucket.
type AnalyticsConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must
// have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator).
// If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
Filter *AnalyticsFilter `type:"structure"`
// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Contains data related to access patterns to be collected and made available
// to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes.
//
// StorageClassAnalysis is a required field
StorageClassAnalysis *StorageClassAnalysis `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsConfiguration"}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.StorageClassAnalysis == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StorageClassAnalysis"))
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.StorageClassAnalysis != nil {
if err := s.StorageClassAnalysis.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("StorageClassAnalysis", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *AnalyticsFilter) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClassAnalysis sets the StorageClassAnalysis field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsConfiguration) SetStorageClassAnalysis(v *StorageClassAnalysis) *AnalyticsConfiguration {
s.StorageClassAnalysis = v
return s
}
// Where to publish the analytics results.
type AnalyticsExportDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A destination signifying output to an S3 bucket.
//
// S3BucketDestination is a required field
S3BucketDestination *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsExportDestination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsExportDestination"}
if s.S3BucketDestination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination"))
}
if s.S3BucketDestination != nil {
if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) *AnalyticsExportDestination {
s.S3BucketDestination = v
return s
}
// The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must
// have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator).
// If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis.
type AnalyticsFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating an
// analytics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates.
And *AnalyticsAndOperator `type:"structure"`
// The prefix to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The tag to use when evaluating an analytics filter.
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsFilter"}
if s.And != nil {
if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tag != nil {
if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetAnd(v *AnalyticsAndOperator) *AnalyticsFilter {
s.And = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter {
s.Tag = v
return s
}
// Contains information about where to publish the analytics results.
type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket to which data is exported.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided,
// the owner is not validated before exporting data.
//
// Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to
// help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
BucketAccountId *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the file format used when exporting data to Amazon S3.
//
// Format is a required field
Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat"`
// The prefix to use when exporting data. The prefix is prepended to all results.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AnalyticsS3BucketDestination"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Format == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBucketAccountId sets the BucketAccountId field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetBucketAccountId(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
s.BucketAccountId = &v
return s
}
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
s.Format = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// In terms of implementation, a Bucket is a resource. An Amazon S3 bucket name
// is globally unique, and the namespace is shared by all AWS accounts.
type Bucket struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Date the bucket was created.
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The name of the bucket.
Name *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Bucket) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Bucket) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
func (s *Bucket) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Bucket {
s.CreationDate = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *Bucket) SetName(v string) *Bucket {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the lifecycle configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
// For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type BucketLifecycleConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// Rules is a required field
Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BucketLifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLifecycleConfiguration"}
if s.Rules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
}
if s.Rules != nil {
for i, v := range s.Rules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifecycleConfiguration {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
// Container for logging status information.
type BucketLoggingStatus struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to
// all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s BucketLoggingStatus) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s BucketLoggingStatus) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BucketLoggingStatus"}
if s.LoggingEnabled != nil {
if err := s.LoggingEnabled.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("LoggingEnabled", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggingStatus {
s.LoggingEnabled = v
return s
}
// Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon
// S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon
// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type CORSConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow).
// You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
//
// CORSRules is a required field
CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CORSConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CORSConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CORSConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSConfiguration"}
if s.CORSRules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSRules"))
}
if s.CORSRules != nil {
for i, v := range s.CORSRules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CORSRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.
func (s *CORSConfiguration) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *CORSConfiguration {
s.CORSRules = v
return s
}
// Specifies a cross-origin access rule for an Amazon S3 bucket.
type CORSRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Headers that are specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers header.
// These headers are allowed in a preflight OPTIONS request. In response to
// any preflight OPTIONS request, Amazon S3 returns any requested headers that
// are allowed.
AllowedHeaders []*string `locationName:"AllowedHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// An HTTP method that you allow the origin to execute. Valid values are GET,
// PUT, HEAD, POST, and DELETE.
//
// AllowedMethods is a required field
AllowedMethods []*string `locationName:"AllowedMethod" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// One or more origins you want customers to be able to access the bucket from.
//
// AllowedOrigins is a required field
AllowedOrigins []*string `locationName:"AllowedOrigin" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// One or more headers in the response that you want customers to be able to
// access from their applications (for example, from a JavaScript XMLHttpRequest
// object).
ExposeHeaders []*string `locationName:"ExposeHeader" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The time in seconds that your browser is to cache the preflight response
// for the specified resource.
MaxAgeSeconds *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CORSRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CORSRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CORSRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CORSRule"}
if s.AllowedMethods == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedMethods"))
}
if s.AllowedOrigins == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AllowedOrigins"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAllowedHeaders sets the AllowedHeaders field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule {
s.AllowedHeaders = v
return s
}
// SetAllowedMethods sets the AllowedMethods field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedMethods(v []*string) *CORSRule {
s.AllowedMethods = v
return s
}
// SetAllowedOrigins sets the AllowedOrigins field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetAllowedOrigins(v []*string) *CORSRule {
s.AllowedOrigins = v
return s
}
// SetExposeHeaders sets the ExposeHeaders field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetExposeHeaders(v []*string) *CORSRule {
s.ExposeHeaders = v
return s
}
// SetMaxAgeSeconds sets the MaxAgeSeconds field's value.
func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule {
s.MaxAgeSeconds = &v
return s
}
// Describes how an uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted input
// object is formatted.
type CSVInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies that CSV field values may contain quoted record delimiters and
// such records should be allowed. Default value is FALSE. Setting this value
// to TRUE may lower performance.
AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter *bool `type:"boolean"`
// A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the
// character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character
// to indicate a comment line.
Comments *string `type:"string"`
// A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can
// specify an arbitrary delimiter.
FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Describes the first line of input. Valid values are:
//
// * NONE: First line is not a header.
//
// * IGNORE: First line is a header, but you can't use the header values
// to indicate the column in an expression. You can use column position (such
// as _1, _2, …) to indicate the column (SELECT s._1 FROM OBJECT s).
//
// * Use: First line is a header, and you can use the header value to identify
// a column in an expression (SELECT "name" FROM OBJECT).
FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"`
// A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of
// the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field
// value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ".
//
// Type: String
//
// Default: "
//
// Ancestors: CSV
QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`
// A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside
// an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed
// as " a , b ".
QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`
// A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead
// of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CSVInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CSVInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter sets the AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetAllowQuotedRecordDelimiter(v bool) *CSVInput {
s.AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetComments sets the Comments field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetComments(v string) *CSVInput {
s.Comments = &v
return s
}
// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput {
s.FieldDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetFileHeaderInfo sets the FileHeaderInfo field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetFileHeaderInfo(v string) *CSVInput {
s.FileHeaderInfo = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVInput {
s.QuoteCharacter = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVInput {
s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v
return s
}
// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput {
s.RecordDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// Describes how uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted results
// are formatted.
type CSVOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify
// an arbitrary delimiter.
FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
// A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of
// the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field
// value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ".
QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"`
// The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already
// escaped value.
QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields.
//
// * ALWAYS: Always use quotation marks for output fields.
//
// * ASNEEDED: Use quotation marks for output fields when needed.
QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"`
// A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead
// of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter.
RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CSVOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CSVOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetFieldDelimiter sets the FieldDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetFieldDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.FieldDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteCharacter sets the QuoteCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.QuoteCharacter = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteEscapeCharacter sets the QuoteEscapeCharacter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteEscapeCharacter(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.QuoteEscapeCharacter = &v
return s
}
// SetQuoteFields sets the QuoteFields field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetQuoteFields(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.QuoteFields = &v
return s
}
// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput {
s.RecordDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration.
type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events
// of the specified type.
CloudFunction *string `type:"string"`
// The bucket event for which to send notifications.
//
// Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`
// Bucket events for which to send notifications.
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The role supporting the invocation of the Lambda function
InvocationRole *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CloudFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCloudFunction sets the CloudFunction field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetCloudFunction(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.CloudFunction = &v
return s
}
// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvent(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.Event = &v
return s
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetInvocationRole sets the InvocationRole field's value.
func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionConfiguration {
s.InvocationRole = &v
return s
}
// Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence
// of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act
// like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if
// the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july,
// the common prefix is notes/summer/.
type CommonPrefix struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for the specified common prefix.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CommonPrefix) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CommonPrefix) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The container for the multipart upload request information.
MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// ID for the initiated multipart upload.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CompleteMultipartUploadInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMultipartUpload sets the MultipartUpload field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetMultipartUpload(v *CompletedMultipartUpload) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.MultipartUpload = v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object.
Bucket *string `type:"string"`
// Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with
// different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is
// an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object
// data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will
// contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less
// than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration
// date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// The object key of the newly created object.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The URI that identifies the newly created object.
Location *string `type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If you specified server-side encryption either with an Amazon S3-managed
// encryption key or an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) in your initiate multipart
// upload request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption
// algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object.
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning
// turned on.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetETag(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Location = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// The container for the completed multipart upload details.
type CompletedMultipartUpload struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Array of CompletedPart data types.
Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompletedMultipartUpload) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetParts sets the Parts field's value.
func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultipartUpload {
s.Parts = v
return s
}
// Details of the parts that were uploaded.
type CompletedPart struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Part number that identifies the part. This is a positive integer between
// 1 and 10,000.
PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CompletedPart) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CompletedPart) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CompletedPart) SetETag(v string) *CompletedPart {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified
// redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder,
// redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx,
// redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
type Condition struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The HTTP error code when the redirect is applied. In the event of an error,
// if the error code equals this value, then the specified redirect is applied.
// Required when parent element Condition is specified and sibling KeyPrefixEquals
// is not specified. If both are specified, then both must be true for the redirect
// to be applied.
HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals *string `type:"string"`
// The object key name prefix when the redirect is applied. For example, to
// redirect requests for ExamplePage.html, the key prefix will be ExamplePage.html.
// To redirect request for all pages with the prefix docs/, the key prefix will
// be /docs, which identifies all objects in the docs/ folder. Required when
// the parent element Condition is specified and sibling HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals
// is not specified. If both conditions are specified, both must be true for
// the redirect to be applied.
KeyPrefixEquals *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Condition) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Condition) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals sets the HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetHttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals(v string) *Condition {
s.HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyPrefixEquals sets the KeyPrefixEquals field's value.
func (s *Condition) SetKeyPrefixEquals(v string) *Condition {
s.KeyPrefixEquals = &v
return s
}
type ContinuationEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ContinuationEvent" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ContinuationEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ContinuationEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// The ContinuationEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *ContinuationEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ContinuationEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ContinuationEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ContinuationEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
return msg, err
}
type CopyObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"CopyObjectRequest" type:"structure"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the object.
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// The name of the destination bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field.
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated
// by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded.
//
// CopySource is a required field
CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`
// Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"`
// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
// ETag.
CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`
// Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example,
// AES256).
CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
// the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
// that was used when the source object was created.
CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`
// Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// The key of the destination object.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// Specifies whether the metadata is copied from the source object or replaced
// with metadata provided in the request.
MetadataDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-metadata-directive" type:"string" enum:"MetadataDirective"`
// Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the copied object.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object.
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// The date and time when you want the copied object's Object Lock to expire.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The
// value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the
// encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT
// requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL
// or using SigV4. For information about configuring using any of the officially
// supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see Specifying the Signature Version in Request
// Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The tag-set for the object destination object this value must be used in
// conjunction with the TaggingDirective. The tag-set must be encoded as URL
// Query parameters.
Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the object tag-set are copied from the source object or
// replaced with tag-set provided in the request.
TaggingDirective *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-directive" type:"string" enum:"TaggingDirective"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata.
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CopyObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.CopySource == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource"))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySource(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySource = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetMetadataDirective sets the MetadataDirective field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetMetadataDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.MetadataDirective = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.Tagging = &v
return s
}
// SetTaggingDirective sets the TaggingDirective field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetTaggingDirective(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.TaggingDirective = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *CopyObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type CopyObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"`
// Container for all response elements.
CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"`
// Version of the copied object in the destination bucket.
CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`
// If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption.
// The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with
// the encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Version ID of the newly created copy.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCopyObjectResult sets the CopyObjectResult field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopyObjectResult(v *CopyObjectResult) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.CopyObjectResult = v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.CopySourceVersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// Container for all response elements.
type CopyObjectResult struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the
// contents of an object, not its metadata. The source and destination ETag
// is identical for a successfully copied object.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Returns the date that the object was last modified.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectResult) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyObjectResult) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyObjectResult {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// Container for all response elements.
type CopyPartResult struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag of the object.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Date and time at which the object was uploaded.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CopyPartResult) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CopyPartResult) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *CopyPartResult) SetETag(v string) *CopyPartResult {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// The configuration information for the bucket.
type CreateBucketConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you don't specify
// a Region, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1).
LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketConfiguration) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *CreateBucketConfiguration {
s.LocationConstraint = &v
return s
}
type CreateBucketInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"CreateBucketRequest" type:"structure" payload:"CreateBucketConfiguration"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`
// The name of the bucket to create.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The configuration information for the bucket.
CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
// bucket.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket.
ObjectLockEnabledForBucket *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled" type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBucketInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCreateBucketConfiguration sets the CreateBucketConfiguration field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetCreateBucketConfiguration(v *CreateBucketConfiguration) *CreateBucketInput {
s.CreateBucketConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantWrite = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateBucketInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket sets the ObjectLockEnabledForBucket field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket(v bool) *CreateBucketInput {
s.ObjectLockEnabledForBucket = &v
return s
}
type CreateBucketOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the Region where the bucket will be created. If you are creating
// a bucket on the US East (N. Virginia) Region (us-east-1), you do not need
// to specify the location.
Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateBucketOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLocation sets the Location field's value.
func (s *CreateBucketOutput) SetLocation(v string) *CreateBucketOutput {
s.Location = &v
return s
}
type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"CreateMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the object.
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field.
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`
// Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the uploaded object.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object.
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The
// value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the
// encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for
// object encryption. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS
// KMS will fail if not made via SSL or using SigV4. For information about configuring
// using any of the officially supported AWS SDKs and AWS CLI, see Specifying
// the Signature Version in Request Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/http:/docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'.
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.
Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata.
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultipartUploadInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetACL(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetContentType(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetTagging(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.Tagging = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadInput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete
// multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object
// name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates
// when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config).
//
// The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the
// ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"`
// This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies
// the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort
// incomplete multipart uploads.
AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Bucket *string `locationName:"Bucket" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption.
// The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with
// the encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// ID for the initiated multipart upload.
UploadId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s CreateMultipartUploadOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.AbortDate = &v
return s
}
// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.AbortRuleId = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetBucket(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetKey(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUploadOutput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
// The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings
// for new objects placed in the specified bucket.
type DefaultRetention struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period.
Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed
// in the specified bucket.
Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"`
// The number of years that you want to specify for the default retention period.
Years *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DefaultRetention) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DefaultRetention) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *DefaultRetention) SetDays(v int64) *DefaultRetention {
s.Days = &v
return s
}
// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *DefaultRetention) SetMode(v string) *DefaultRetention {
s.Mode = &v
return s
}
// SetYears sets the Years field's value.
func (s *DefaultRetention) SetYears(v int64) *DefaultRetention {
s.Years = &v
return s
}
// Container for the objects to delete.
type Delete struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The objects to delete.
//
// Objects is a required field
Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// Element to enable quiet mode for the request. When you add this element,
// you must set its value to true.
Quiet *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Delete) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Delete) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Delete) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Delete"}
if s.Objects == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Objects"))
}
if s.Objects != nil {
for i, v := range s.Objects {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Objects", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetObjects sets the Objects field's value.
func (s *Delete) SetObjects(v []*ObjectIdentifier) *Delete {
s.Objects = v
return s
}
// SetQuiet sets the Quiet field's value.
func (s *Delete) SetQuiet(v bool) *Delete {
s.Quiet = &v
return s
}
type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is deleted.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketCorsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketCorsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketCorsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketCorsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketEncryptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the server-side encryption configuration
// to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketEncryptionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketRequest" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the bucket being deleted.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketLifecycleInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketPolicyInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketPolicyInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketPolicyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketReplicationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketReplicationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketReplicationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket that has the tag set to be removed.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBucketWebsiteInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Information about the delete marker.
type DeleteMarkerEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
// of an object.
IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The object key.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Date and time the object was last modified.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The account that created the delete marker.>
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// Version ID of an object.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerEntry) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetIsLatest(v bool) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.IsLatest = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetKey(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetOwner(v *Owner) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates the delete markers. If you specify
// a Filter, you must specify this element. However, in the latest version of
// replication configuration (when Filter is specified), Amazon S3 doesn't replicate
// delete markers. Therefore, the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain
// only Disabled. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule
// Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config).
//
// If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication
// configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon
// S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. For more information,
// see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations).
type DeleteMarkerReplication struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether to replicate delete markers.
//
// In the current implementation, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate the delete markers.
// The status must be Disabled.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteMarkerReplication) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *DeleteMarkerReplication) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteMarkerReplication {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type DeleteObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name of the bucket containing the object.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions
// to process this operation.
BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`
// Key name of the object to delete.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
// and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to
// permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA
// delete enabled.
MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.MFA = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true)
// or was not (false) a delete marker.
DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// Returns the version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE
// operation.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeleteObjectOutput {
s.DeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the objects from which to remove the tags.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Name of the object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be removed from.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteObjectTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The versionId of the object the tag-set was removed from.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type DeleteObjectsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Delete"`
// The bucket name containing the objects to delete.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type
// Object Lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this
// operation.
BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`
// Container for the request.
//
// Delete is a required field
Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
// and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to
// permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA
// delete enabled.
MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteObjectsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Delete == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Delete"))
}
if s.Delete != nil {
if err := s.Delete.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Delete", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v
return s
}
// SetDelete sets the Delete field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetDelete(v *Delete) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.Delete = v
return s
}
// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetMFA(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.MFA = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeleteObjectsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that
// was successfully deleted.
Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Container for a failed delete operation that describes the object that Amazon
// S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered.
Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeleteObjectsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDeleted sets the Deleted field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetDeleted(v []*DeletedObject) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
s.Deleted = v
return s
}
// SetErrors sets the Errors field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetErrors(v []*Error) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
s.Errors = v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *DeleteObjectsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *DeleteObjectsOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type DeletePublicAccessBlockInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest" type:"structure"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you want to delete.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeletePublicAccessBlockInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Information about the deleted object.
type DeletedObject struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true)
// or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates
// whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created.
DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation.
// If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header
// is the version ID of the object version deleted.
DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"`
// The name of the deleted object.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The version ID of the deleted object.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s DeletedObject) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s DeletedObject) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *DeletedObject {
s.DeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteMarkerVersionId sets the DeleteMarkerVersionId field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetDeleteMarkerVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject {
s.DeleteMarkerVersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetKey(v string) *DeletedObject {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *DeletedObject) SetVersionId(v string) *DeletedObject {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies information about where to publish analysis or configuration results
// for an Amazon S3 bucket and S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).
type Destination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specify this only in a cross-account scenario (where source and destination
// bucket owners are not the same), and you want to change replica ownership
// to the AWS account that owns the destination bucket. If this is not specified
// in the replication configuration, the replicas are owned by same AWS account
// that owns the source object.
AccessControlTranslation *AccessControlTranslation `type:"structure"`
// Destination bucket owner account ID. In a cross-account scenario, if you
// direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns
// the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation property,
// this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information,
// see Replication Additional Configuration: Changing the Replica Owner (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Account *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to
// store the results.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A container that provides information about encryption. If SourceSelectionCriteria
// is specified, you must specify this element.
EncryptionConfiguration *EncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling metrics
// and Amazon S3 events for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). Must be specified
// together with a ReplicationTime block.
Metrics *Metrics `type:"structure"`
// A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC), including whether
// S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations on objects
// must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics block.
ReplicationTime *ReplicationTime `type:"structure"`
// The storage class to use when replicating objects, such as S3 Standard or
// reduced redundancy. By default, Amazon S3 uses the storage class of the source
// object to create the object replica.
//
// For valid values, see the StorageClass element of the PUT Bucket replication
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTreplication.html)
// action in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Destination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Destination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Destination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Destination"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.AccessControlTranslation != nil {
if err := s.AccessControlTranslation.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlTranslation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Metrics != nil {
if err := s.Metrics.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Metrics", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.ReplicationTime != nil {
if err := s.ReplicationTime.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationTime", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAccessControlTranslation sets the AccessControlTranslation field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetAccessControlTranslation(v *AccessControlTranslation) *Destination {
s.AccessControlTranslation = v
return s
}
// SetAccount sets the Account field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetAccount(v string) *Destination {
s.Account = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetBucket(v string) *Destination {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *Destination) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetEncryptionConfiguration sets the EncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetEncryptionConfiguration(v *EncryptionConfiguration) *Destination {
s.EncryptionConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetMetrics sets the Metrics field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetMetrics(v *Metrics) *Destination {
s.Metrics = v
return s
}
// SetReplicationTime sets the ReplicationTime field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetReplicationTime(v *ReplicationTime) *Destination {
s.ReplicationTime = v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// Contains the type of server-side encryption used.
type Encryption struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing job results in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
//
// EncryptionType is a required field
EncryptionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value can be used to specify
// the encryption context for the restore results.
KMSContext *string `type:"string"`
// If the encryption type is aws:kms, this optional value specifies the ID of
// the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK to use for encryption of job results.
// Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs. For more information, see Using Symmetric
// and Asymmetric Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
KMSKeyId *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Encryption) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Encryption) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Encryption) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Encryption"}
if s.EncryptionType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EncryptionType"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value.
func (s *Encryption) SetEncryptionType(v string) *Encryption {
s.EncryptionType = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSContext sets the KMSContext field's value.
func (s *Encryption) SetKMSContext(v string) *Encryption {
s.KMSContext = &v
return s
}
// SetKMSKeyId sets the KMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *Encryption) SetKMSKeyId(v string) *Encryption {
s.KMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies encryption-related information for an Amazon S3 bucket that is
// a destination for replicated objects.
type EncryptionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the ID (Key ARN or Alias ARN) of the customer managed customer
// master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) for the destination
// bucket. Amazon S3 uses this key to encrypt replica objects. Amazon S3 only
// supports symmetric customer managed CMKs. For more information, see Using
// Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
ReplicaKmsKeyID *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetReplicaKmsKeyID sets the ReplicaKmsKeyID field's value.
func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID(v string) *EncryptionConfiguration {
s.ReplicaKmsKeyID = &v
return s
}
// A message that indicates the request is complete and no more messages will
// be sent. You should not assume that the request is complete until the client
// receives an EndEvent.
type EndEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"EndEvent" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s EndEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s EndEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// The EndEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *EndEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the EndEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *EndEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
return msg, err
}
// Container for all error elements.
type Error struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It
// is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors
// by type.
//
// Amazon S3 error codes
//
// * Code: AccessDenied Description: Access Denied HTTP Status Code: 403
// Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: AccountProblem Description: There is a problem with your AWS account
// that prevents the operation from completing successfully. Contact AWS
// Support for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: AllAccessDisabled Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource
// has been disabled. Contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status
// Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address you
// provided is associated with more than one account. HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed Description: The authorization header
// you provided is invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request HTTP Status
// Code: N/A
//
// * Code: BadDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match
// what we received. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: BucketAlreadyExists Description: The requested bucket name is
// not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system.
// Please select a different name and try again. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou Description: The bucket you tried to create
// already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all AWS
// Regions except in the North Virginia Region. For legacy compatibility,
// if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North
// Virginia Region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access
// control lists (ACLs). Code: 409 Conflict (in all Regions except the North
// Virginia Region) SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: BucketNotEmpty Description: The bucket you tried to delete is
// not empty. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: CredentialsNotSupported Description: This request does not support
// credentials. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited Description: Cross-location logging
// not allowed. Buckets in one geographic location cannot log information
// to a bucket in another location. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than
// the minimum allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: EntityTooLarge Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum
// allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: ExpiredToken Description: The provided token has expired. HTTP
// Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException Description: Indicates
// that the versioning configuration specified in the request is invalid.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: IncompleteBody Description: You did not provide the number of
// bytes specified by the Content-Length HTTP header HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest Description: POST requires
// exactly one file upload per request. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InlineDataTooLarge Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum
// allowed size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: InternalError Description: We encountered an internal error. Please
// try again. HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Server
//
// * Code: InvalidAccessKeyId Description: The AWS access key ID you provided
// does not exist in our records. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidAddressingHeader Description: You must specify the Anonymous
// role. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidArgument Description: Invalid Argument HTTP Status Code:
// 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidBucketName Description: The specified bucket is not valid.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidBucketState Description: The request is not valid with
// the current state of the bucket. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not
// valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError Description: The encryption request
// you specified is not valid. The valid value is AES256. HTTP Status Code:
// 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidLocationConstraint Description: The specified location
// constraint is not valid. For more information about Regions, see How to
// Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro).
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidObjectState Description: The operation is not valid for
// the current state of the object. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts could
// not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified
// entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. HTTP Status Code:
// 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not in ascending
// order. Parts list must be specified in order by part number. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidPayer Description: All access to this object has been disabled.
// Please contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403
// Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidPolicyDocument Description: The content of the form does
// not meet the conditions specified in the policy document. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidRange Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied.
// HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256. HTTP
// Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: SOAP requests must be made over an
// HTTPS connection. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is
// not supported for buckets with non-DNS compliant names. HTTP Status Code:
// 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is
// not supported for buckets with periods (.) in their names. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint
// only supports virtual style requests. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not
// configured on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled
// on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is
// not supported on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot
// be enabled on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information. HTTP
// Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A
//
// * Code: InvalidSecurity Description: The provided security credentials
// are not valid. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: InvalidSOAPRequest Description: The SOAP request body is invalid.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidStorageClass Description: The storage class you specified
// is not valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging Description: The target bucket for
// logging does not exist, is not owned by you, or does not have the appropriate
// grants for the log-delivery group. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidToken Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise
// invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: InvalidURI Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI. HTTP
// Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: KeyTooLongError Description: Your key is too long. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MalformedACLError Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed
// or did not validate against our published schema. HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MalformedPOSTRequest Description: The body of your POST request
// is not well-formed multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MalformedXML Description: This happens when the user sends malformed
// XML (XML that doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration.
// The error message is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did
// not validate against our published schema." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad
// Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded Description: Your request was too big.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError Description: Your POST request
// fields preceding the upload file were too large. HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MetadataTooLarge Description: Your metadata headers exceed the
// maximum allowed metadata size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MethodNotAllowed Description: The specified method is not allowed
// against this resource. HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MissingAttachment Description: A SOAP attachment was expected,
// but none were found. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MissingContentLength Description: You must provide the Content-Length
// HTTP header. HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: MissingRequestBodyError Description: This happens when the user
// sends an empty XML document as a request. The error message is, "Request
// body is empty." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: MissingSecurityElement Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing
// a security element. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: MissingSecurityHeader Description: Your request is missing a required
// header. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey Description: There is no such thing as a
// logging status subresource for a key. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchBucket Description: The specified bucket does not exist.
// HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy Description: The specified bucket does not
// have a bucket policy. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchKey Description: The specified key does not exist. HTTP
// Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle configuration
// does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix:
// Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload does
// not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might
// have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NoSuchVersion Description: Indicates that the version ID specified
// in the request does not match an existing version. HTTP Status Code: 404
// Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: NotImplemented Description: A header you provided implies functionality
// that is not implemented. HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented SOAP Fault
// Code Prefix: Server
//
// * Code: NotSignedUp Description: Your account is not signed up for the
// Amazon S3 service. You must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You
// can sign up at the following URL: https://aws.amazon.com/s3 HTTP Status
// Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: OperationAborted Description: A conflicting conditional operation
// is currently in progress against this resource. Try again. HTTP Status
// Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: PermanentRedirect Description: The bucket you are attempting to
// access must be addressed using the specified endpoint. Send all future
// requests to this endpoint. HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: PreconditionFailed Description: At least one of the preconditions
// you specified did not hold. HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: Redirect Description: Temporary redirect. HTTP Status Code: 307
// Moved Temporarily SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Description: Object restore is already
// in progress. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent Description: Bucket POST must be
// of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RequestTimeout Description: Your socket connection to the server
// was not read from or written to within the timeout period. HTTP Status
// Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed Description: The difference between the request
// time and the server's time is too large. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden
// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError Description: Requesting the torrent
// file of a bucket is not permitted. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch Description: The request signature we calculated
// does not match the signature you provided. Check your AWS secret access
// key and signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html)
// and SOAP Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/SOAPAuthentication.html)
// for details. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: ServiceUnavailable Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP
// Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
//
// * Code: SlowDown Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP Status Code:
// 503 Slow Down SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server
//
// * Code: TemporaryRedirect Description: You are being redirected to the
// bucket while DNS updates. HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily SOAP
// Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: TokenRefreshRequired Description: The provided token must be refreshed.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: TooManyBuckets Description: You have attempted to create more
// buckets than allowed. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code
// Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: UnexpectedContent Description: This request does not support content.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address
// you provided does not match any account on record. HTTP Status Code: 400
// Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
//
// * Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified Description: The bucket POST must contain
// the specified field name. If it is specified, check the order of the fields.
// HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client
Code *string `type:"string"`
// The error key.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in
// English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the
// message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they
// don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more
// exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely
// to ignore the error message.
Message *string `type:"string"`
// The version ID of the error.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Error) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Error) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCode sets the Code field's value.
func (s *Error) SetCode(v string) *Error {
s.Code = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Error) SetKey(v string) *Error {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
func (s *Error) SetMessage(v string) *Error {
s.Message = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// The error information.
type ErrorDocument struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The object key name to use when a 4XX class error occurs.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDocument) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ErrorDocument) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ErrorDocument) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ErrorDocument"}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more
// information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
type ExistingObjectReplication struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExistingObjectReplicationStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ExistingObjectReplication) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ExistingObjectReplication) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ExistingObjectReplication"}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) SetStatus(v string) *ExistingObjectReplication {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter
// on the suffix or prefix of the key name.
type FilterRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The object key name prefix or suffix identifying one or more objects to which
// the filtering rule applies. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. Overlapping
// prefixes and suffixes are not supported. For more information, see Configuring
// Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Name *string `type:"string" enum:"FilterRuleName"`
// The value that the filter searches for in object key names.
Value *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s FilterRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s FilterRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *FilterRule) SetName(v string) *FilterRule {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *FilterRule) SetValue(v string) *FilterRule {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is retrieved.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The accelerate configuration of the bucket.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketAccelerateStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketAclInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAclRequest" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAclInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAclInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketAclOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of grants.
Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAclOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetBucketAclOutput {
s.Grants = v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetBucketAclOutput {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket from which an analytics configuration is retrieved.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"`
// The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput {
s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketCorsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketCorsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketCorsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketCorsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow).
// You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration.
CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCORSRules sets the CORSRules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketCorsOutput) SetCORSRules(v []*CORSRule) *GetBucketCorsOutput {
s.CORSRules = v
return s
}
type GetBucketEncryptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket from which the server-side encryption configuration
// is retrieved.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketEncryptionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketEncryptionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"`
// Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketEncryptionOutput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *GetBucketEncryptionOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the inventory configuration to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"`
// Specifies the inventory configuration.
InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput {
s.InventoryConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for a lifecycle rule.
Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the lifecycle information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLifecycleInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLifecycleInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for a lifecycle rule.
Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
type GetBucketLocationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLocationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the location.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLocationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLocationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketLocationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the Region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon
// S3 supported location constraints by Region, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region).
// Buckets in Region us-east-1 have a LocationConstraint of null.
LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLocationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLocationConstraint sets the LocationConstraint field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLocationOutput {
s.LocationConstraint = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketLoggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the logging information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketLoggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketLoggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketLoggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketLoggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to
// all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
LoggingEnabled *LoggingEnabled `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLoggingEnabled sets the LoggingEnabled field's value.
func (s *GetBucketLoggingOutput) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *GetBucketLoggingOutput {
s.LoggingEnabled = v
return s
}
type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the metrics configuration to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"`
// Specifies the metrics configuration.
MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput {
s.MetricsConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketPolicyInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the bucket policy.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketPolicyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`
// The bucket policy as a JSON document.
Policy *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBucketPolicyOutput {
s.Policy = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketPolicyStatusInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose policy status you want to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketPolicyStatusInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PolicyStatus"`
// The policy status for the specified bucket.
PolicyStatus *PolicyStatus `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPolicyStatus sets the PolicyStatus field's value.
func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) SetPolicyStatus(v *PolicyStatus) *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput {
s.PolicyStatus = v
return s
}
type GetBucketReplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the replication information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketReplicationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketReplicationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketReplicationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketReplicationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"`
// A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
// size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *GetBucketReplicationOutput {
s.ReplicationConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketRequestPaymentInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
Payer *string `type:"string" enum:"Payer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.
func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput {
s.Payer = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the tagging information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the tag set.
//
// TagSet is a required field
TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput {
s.TagSet = v
return s
}
type GetBucketVersioningInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketVersioningInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketVersioningInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketVersioningInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketVersioningOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
// This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
// delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADeleteStatus"`
// The versioning state of the bucket.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetMFADelete(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput {
s.MFADelete = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutput {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name for which to get the website configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBucketWebsiteInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetBucketWebsiteInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The object key name of the website error document to use for 4XX class errors.
ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`
// The name of the index document for the website (for example index.html).
IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of
// an Amazon S3 bucket.
RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`
// Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
s.ErrorDocument = v
return s
}
// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
s.IndexDocument = v
return s
}
// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v
return s
}
// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.
func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWebsiteOutput {
s.RoutingRules = v
return s
}
type GetObjectAclInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectAclRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name that contains the object for which to get the ACL information.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The key of the object for which to get the ACL information.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectAclInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectAclInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectAclOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of grants.
Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectAclOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetGrants sets the Grants field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetGrants(v []*Grant) *GetObjectAclOutput {
s.Grants = v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *GetObjectAclOutput {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type GetObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the object.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`
// Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
// otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"`
// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
// specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`
// Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"`
// Key of the object to get.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
// 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' GET request for the part specified.
// Useful for downloading just a part of an object.
PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`
// Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
// the HTTP Range header, see https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35
// (https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35).
//
// Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Sets the Cache-Control header of the response.
ResponseCacheControl *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-cache-control" type:"string"`
// Sets the Content-Disposition header of the response
ResponseContentDisposition *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-disposition" type:"string"`
// Sets the Content-Encoding header of the response.
ResponseContentEncoding *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-encoding" type:"string"`
// Sets the Content-Language header of the response.
ResponseContentLanguage *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-language" type:"string"`
// Sets the Content-Type header of the response.
ResponseContentType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-content-type" type:"string"`
// Sets the Expires header of the response.
ResponseExpires *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"response-expires" type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.IfMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
s.IfModifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.IfNoneMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *GetObjectInput {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.Range = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseCacheControl sets the ResponseCacheControl field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseCacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseContentDisposition sets the ResponseContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseContentEncoding sets the ResponseContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseContentLanguage sets the ResponseContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseContentType sets the ResponseContentType field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseContentType(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetResponseExpires sets the ResponseExpires field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetResponseExpires(v time.Time) *GetObjectInput {
s.ResponseExpires = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectLegalHoldInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectLegalHoldRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the object whose Legal Hold status you want to
// retrieve.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The key name for the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// The version ID of the object whose Legal Hold status you want to retrieve.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLegalHoldInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectLegalHoldOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"`
// The current Legal Hold status for the specified object.
LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput {
s.LegalHold = v
return s
}
type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectLockConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"`
// The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration.
ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput {
s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v
return s
}
type GetObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
// Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`
// Object data.
Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`
// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field.
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// Size of the body in bytes.
ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
// The portion of the object returned in the response.
ContentRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Range" type:"string"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
// Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`
// An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
// of a resource found at a URL.
ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
// If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
// includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs
// providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
// encoded.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`
// Last modified date of the object
LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
//
// By default unmarshaled keys are written as a map keys in following canonicalized format:
// the first letter and any letter following a hyphen will be capitalized, and the rest as lowercase.
// Set `aws.Config.LowerCaseHeaderMaps` to `true` to write unmarshaled keys to the map as lowercase.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
// headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
// supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
// you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`
// Indicates whether this object has an active legal hold. This field is only
// returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status.
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object.
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// The count of parts this object has.
PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`
// Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either
// a source or destination in a replication rule.
ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time
// of the restored object copy.
Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this
// header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The number of tags, if any, on the object.
TagCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging-count" type:"integer"`
// Version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata.
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.AcceptRanges = &v
return s
}
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Body = v
return s
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentLength = &v
return s
}
// SetContentRange sets the ContentRange field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentRange(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentRange = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *GetObjectOutput {
s.DeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
s.MissingMeta = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
s.PartsCount = &v
return s
}
// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ReplicationStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.Restore = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagCount sets the TagCount field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetTagCount(v int64) *GetObjectOutput {
s.TagCount = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *GetObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *GetObjectOutput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
type GetObjectRetentionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectRetentionRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the object whose retention settings you want to
// retrieve.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The key name for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// The version ID for the object whose retention settings you want to retrieve.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectRetentionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectRetentionInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectRetentionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectRetentionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Retention"`
// The container element for an object's retention settings.
Retention *ObjectLockRetention `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *GetObjectRetentionOutput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *GetObjectRetentionOutput {
s.Retention = v
return s
}
type GetObjectTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object key for which to get the tagging information.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the tag set.
//
// TagSet is a required field
TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
// The versionId of the object for which you got the tagging information.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetObjectTaggingOutput {
s.TagSet = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type GetObjectTorrentInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTorrentRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent
// files.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The object key for which to get the information.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetObjectTorrentInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetKey(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
// A Bencoded dictionary as defined by the BitTorrent specification
Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetObjectTorrentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *GetObjectTorrentOutput {
s.Body = v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *GetObjectTorrentOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectTorrentOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type GetPublicAccessBlockInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"GetPublicAccessBlockRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you
// want to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetPublicAccessBlockInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *GetPublicAccessBlockInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type GetPublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"`
// The PublicAccessBlock configuration currently in effect for this Amazon S3
// bucket.
PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput {
s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v
return s
}
// Container for S3 Glacier job parameters.
type GlacierJobParameters struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// S3 Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
//
// Tier is a required field
Tier *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Tier"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s GlacierJobParameters) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s GlacierJobParameters) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *GlacierJobParameters) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlacierJobParameters"}
if s.Tier == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tier"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters {
s.Tier = &v
return s
}
// Container for grant information.
type Grant struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The person being granted permissions.
Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`
// Specifies the permission given to the grantee.
Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"Permission"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Grant) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Grant) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Grant) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grant"}
if s.Grantee != nil {
if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
func (s *Grant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *Grant {
s.Grantee = v
return s
}
// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant {
s.Permission = &v
return s
}
// Container for the person being granted permissions.
type Grantee struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`
// Screen name of the grantee.
DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
// Email address of the grantee.
//
// Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported in the following
// AWS Regions:
//
// * US East (N. Virginia)
//
// * US West (N. California)
//
// * US West (Oregon)
//
// * Asia Pacific (Singapore)
//
// * Asia Pacific (Sydney)
//
// * Asia Pacific (Tokyo)
//
// * Europe (Ireland)
//
// * South America (São Paulo)
//
// For a list of all the Amazon S3 supported Regions and endpoints, see Regions
// and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region)
// in the AWS General Reference.
EmailAddress *string `type:"string"`
// The canonical user ID of the grantee.
ID *string `type:"string"`
// Type of grantee
//
// Type is a required field
Type *string `locationName:"xsi:type" type:"string" xmlAttribute:"true" required:"true" enum:"Type"`
// URI of the grantee group.
URI *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Grantee) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Grantee) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Grantee) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Grantee"}
if s.Type == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Type"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetDisplayName(v string) *Grantee {
s.DisplayName = &v
return s
}
// SetEmailAddress sets the EmailAddress field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetEmailAddress(v string) *Grantee {
s.EmailAddress = &v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetID(v string) *Grantee {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetType(v string) *Grantee {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
// SetURI sets the URI field's value.
func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee {
s.URI = &v
return s
}
type HeadBucketInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"HeadBucketRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HeadBucketInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadBucketInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *HeadBucketInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadBucketInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *HeadBucketInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *HeadBucketInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *HeadBucketInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type HeadBucketOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type HeadObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"HeadObjectRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the object.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is the same as the one specified,
// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
IfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-Match" type:"string"`
// Return the object only if it has been modified since the specified time,
// otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
IfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Modified-Since" type:"timestamp"`
// Return the object only if its entity tag (ETag) is different from the one
// specified, otherwise return a 304 (not modified).
IfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"If-None-Match" type:"string"`
// Return the object only if it has not been modified since the specified time,
// otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed).
IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"`
// The object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Part number of the object being read. This is a positive integer between
// 1 and 10,000. Effectively performs a 'ranged' HEAD request for the part specified.
// Useful querying about the size of the part and the number of parts in this
// object.
PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer"`
// Downloads the specified range bytes of an object. For more information about
// the HTTP Range header, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.35.
//
// Amazon S3 doesn't support retrieving multiple ranges of data per GET request.
Range *string `location:"header" locationName:"Range" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HeadObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *HeadObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetIfMatch sets the IfMatch field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.IfMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetIfModifiedSince sets the IfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput {
s.IfModifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetIfNoneMatch sets the IfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfNoneMatch(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.IfNoneMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetIfUnmodifiedSince sets the IfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *HeadObjectInput {
s.IfUnmodifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *HeadObjectInput {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetRange sets the Range field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRange(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.Range = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *HeadObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *HeadObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *HeadObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type HeadObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates that a range of bytes was specified.
AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"`
// Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain.
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object.
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field.
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// Size of the body in bytes.
ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data.
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the object retrieved was (true) or was not (false) a Delete
// Marker. If false, this response header does not appear in the response.
DeleteMarker *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-delete-marker" type:"boolean"`
// An ETag is an opaque identifier assigned by a web server to a specific version
// of a resource found at a URL.
ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
// If the object expiration is configured (see PUT Bucket lifecycle), the response
// includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id key-value pairs
// providing object expiration information. The value of the rule-id is URL
// encoded.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable.
Expires *string `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"string"`
// Last modified date of the object
LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
//
// By default unmarshaled keys are written as a map keys in following canonicalized format:
// the first letter and any letter following a hyphen will be capitalized, and the rest as lowercase.
// Set `aws.Config.LowerCaseHeaderMaps` to `true` to write unmarshaled keys to the map as lowercase.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// This is set to the number of metadata entries not returned in x-amz-meta
// headers. This can happen if you create metadata using an API like SOAP that
// supports more flexible metadata than the REST API. For example, using SOAP,
// you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers.
MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"`
// Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header
// is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission.
// This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never
// had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see
// Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header
// is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.
// For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header
// is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// The count of parts this object has.
PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"`
// Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is
// either a source or destination in a replication rule.
//
// In replication, you have a source bucket on which you configure replication
// and destination bucket where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request
// an object (GetObject) or object metadata (HeadObject) from these buckets,
// Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response
// as follows:
//
// * If requesting an object from the source bucket — Amazon S3 will return
// the x-amz-replication-status header if the object in your request is eligible
// for replication. For example, suppose that in your replication configuration,
// you specify object prefix TaxDocs requesting Amazon S3 to replicate objects
// with key prefix TaxDocs. Any objects you upload with this key name prefix,
// for example TaxDocs/document1.pdf, are eligible for replication. For any
// object request with this key name prefix, Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status
// header with value PENDING, COMPLETED or FAILED indicating object replication
// status.
//
// * If requesting an object from the destination bucket — Amazon S3 will
// return the x-amz-replication-status header with value REPLICA if the object
// in your request is a replica that Amazon S3 created.
//
// For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html).
ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER),
// the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in
// progress (see RestoreObject or an archive copy is already restored.
//
// If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon
// S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example:
//
// x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 23 Dec 2012 00:00:00
// GMT"
//
// If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true".
//
// For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects:
// General Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-transition-general-considerations).
Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS
// customer master key (CMK) or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response
// includes this header with the value of the server-side encryption algorithm
// used when storing this object in Amazon S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this
// header for all objects except for S3 Standard storage class objects.
//
// For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html).
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// Version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata.
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s HeadObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAcceptRanges sets the AcceptRanges field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetAcceptRanges(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.AcceptRanges = &v
return s
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetCacheControl(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentLength = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetContentType(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetDeleteMarker sets the DeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetDeleteMarker(v bool) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.DeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetExpires(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetMissingMeta sets the MissingMeta field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetMissingMeta(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.MissingMeta = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetPartsCount sets the PartsCount field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetPartsCount(v int64) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.PartsCount = &v
return s
}
// SetReplicationStatus sets the ReplicationStatus field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetReplicationStatus(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ReplicationStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetRestore sets the Restore field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetRestore(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.Restore = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
// Container for the Suffix element.
type IndexDocument struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A suffix that is appended to a request that is for a directory on the website
// endpoint (for example,if the suffix is index.html and you make a request
// to samplebucket/images/ the data that is returned will be for the object
// with the key name images/index.html) The suffix must not be empty and must
// not include a slash character.
//
// Suffix is a required field
Suffix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s IndexDocument) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s IndexDocument) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *IndexDocument) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "IndexDocument"}
if s.Suffix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Suffix"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSuffix sets the Suffix field's value.
func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument {
s.Suffix = &v
return s
}
// Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
type Initiator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the Principal.
DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
// If the principal is an AWS account, it provides the Canonical User ID. If
// the principal is an IAM User, it provides a user ARN value.
ID *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Initiator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Initiator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
func (s *Initiator) SetDisplayName(v string) *Initiator {
s.DisplayName = &v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Initiator) SetID(v string) *Initiator {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// Describes the serialization format of the object.
type InputSerialization struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes the serialization of a CSV-encoded object.
CSV *CSVInput `type:"structure"`
// Specifies object's compression format. Valid values: NONE, GZIP, BZIP2. Default
// Value: NONE.
CompressionType *string `type:"string" enum:"CompressionType"`
// Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
JSON *JSONInput `type:"structure"`
// Specifies Parquet as object's input serialization format.
Parquet *ParquetInput `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InputSerialization) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InputSerialization) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCSV sets the CSV field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVInput) *InputSerialization {
s.CSV = v
return s
}
// SetCompressionType sets the CompressionType field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetCompressionType(v string) *InputSerialization {
s.CompressionType = &v
return s
}
// SetJSON sets the JSON field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONInput) *InputSerialization {
s.JSON = v
return s
}
// SetParquet sets the Parquet field's value.
func (s *InputSerialization) SetParquet(v *ParquetInput) *InputSerialization {
s.Parquet = v
return s
}
// Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information,
// see GET Bucket inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETInventoryConfig.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type InventoryConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains information about where to publish the inventory results.
//
// Destination is a required field
Destination *InventoryDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet
// the filter's criteria.
Filter *InventoryFilter `type:"structure"`
// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object versions to include in the inventory list. If set to All, the list
// includes all the object versions, which adds the version-related fields VersionId,
// IsLatest, and DeleteMarker to the list. If set to Current, the list does
// not contain these version-related fields.
//
// IncludedObjectVersions is a required field
IncludedObjectVersions *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryIncludedObjectVersions"`
// Specifies whether the inventory is enabled or disabled. If set to True, an
// inventory list is generated. If set to False, no inventory list is generated.
//
// IsEnabled is a required field
IsEnabled *bool `type:"boolean" required:"true"`
// Contains the optional fields that are included in the inventory results.
OptionalFields []*string `locationNameList:"Field" type:"list"`
// Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
//
// Schedule is a required field
Schedule *InventorySchedule `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryConfiguration"}
if s.Destination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.IncludedObjectVersions == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IncludedObjectVersions"))
}
if s.IsEnabled == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IsEnabled"))
}
if s.Schedule == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Schedule"))
}
if s.Destination != nil {
if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Schedule != nil {
if err := s.Schedule.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Schedule", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetDestination(v *InventoryDestination) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.Destination = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetFilter(v *InventoryFilter) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetId(v string) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetIncludedObjectVersions sets the IncludedObjectVersions field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIncludedObjectVersions(v string) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.IncludedObjectVersions = &v
return s
}
// SetIsEnabled sets the IsEnabled field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetIsEnabled(v bool) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.IsEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetOptionalFields sets the OptionalFields field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetOptionalFields(v []*string) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.OptionalFields = v
return s
}
// SetSchedule sets the Schedule field's value.
func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryConfiguration {
s.Schedule = v
return s
}
// Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket.
type InventoryDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix
// (optional) where inventory results are published.
//
// S3BucketDestination is a required field
S3BucketDestination *InventoryS3BucketDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryDestination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryDestination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryDestination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryDestination"}
if s.S3BucketDestination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("S3BucketDestination"))
}
if s.S3BucketDestination != nil {
if err := s.S3BucketDestination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("S3BucketDestination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetS3BucketDestination sets the S3BucketDestination field's value.
func (s *InventoryDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *InventoryS3BucketDestination) *InventoryDestination {
s.S3BucketDestination = v
return s
}
// Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory
// results.
type InventoryEncryption struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
SSEKMS *SSEKMS `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
SSES3 *SSES3 `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryEncryption) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryEncryption) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryEncryption) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryEncryption"}
if s.SSEKMS != nil {
if err := s.SSEKMS.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("SSEKMS", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSSEKMS sets the SSEKMS field's value.
func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSEKMS(v *SSEKMS) *InventoryEncryption {
s.SSEKMS = v
return s
}
// SetSSES3 sets the SSES3 field's value.
func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3(v *SSES3) *InventoryEncryption {
s.SSES3 = v
return s
}
// Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet
// the filter's criteria.
type InventoryFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The prefix that an object must have to be included in the inventory results.
//
// Prefix is a required field
Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryFilter"}
if s.Prefix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix
// (optional) where inventory results are published.
type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The account ID that owns the destination S3 bucket. If no account ID is provided,
// the owner is not validated before exporting data.
//
// Although this value is optional, we strongly recommend that you set it to
// help prevent problems if the destination bucket ownership changes.
AccountId *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where inventory results will
// be published.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Contains the type of server-side encryption used to encrypt the inventory
// results.
Encryption *InventoryEncryption `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the output format of the inventory results.
//
// Format is a required field
Format *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFormat"`
// The prefix that is prepended to all inventory results.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventoryS3BucketDestination) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventoryS3BucketDestination"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Format == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Format"))
}
if s.Encryption != nil {
if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAccountId sets the AccountId field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetAccountId(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.AccountId = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetBucket(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetEncryption(v *InventoryEncryption) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.Encryption = v
return s
}
// SetFormat sets the Format field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetFormat(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.Format = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDestination {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results.
type InventorySchedule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies how frequently inventory results are produced.
//
// Frequency is a required field
Frequency *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InventoryFrequency"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s InventorySchedule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s InventorySchedule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *InventorySchedule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InventorySchedule"}
if s.Frequency == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Frequency"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFrequency sets the Frequency field's value.
func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule {
s.Frequency = &v
return s
}
// Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format.
type JSONInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The type of JSON. Valid values: Document, Lines.
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"JSONType"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JSONInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JSONInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *JSONInput) SetType(v string) *JSONInput {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
// Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
type JSONOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The value used to separate individual records in the output. If no value
// is specified, Amazon S3 uses a newline character ('\n').
RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s JSONOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s JSONOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRecordDelimiter sets the RecordDelimiter field's value.
func (s *JSONOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *JSONOutput {
s.RecordDelimiter = &v
return s
}
// A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
type KeyFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of containers for the key-value pair that defines the criteria for
// the filter rule.
FilterRules []*FilterRule `locationName:"FilterRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s KeyFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s KeyFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetFilterRules sets the FilterRules field's value.
func (s *KeyFilter) SetFilterRules(v []*FilterRule) *KeyFilter {
s.FilterRules = v
return s
}
// A container for specifying the configuration for AWS Lambda notifications.
type LambdaFunctionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket event for which to invoke the AWS Lambda function. For
// more information, see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Events is a required field
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Lambda function that Amazon S3
// invokes when the specified event type occurs.
//
// LambdaFunctionArn is a required field
LambdaFunctionArn *string `locationName:"CloudFunction" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LambdaFunctionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LambdaFunctionConfiguration"}
if s.Events == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
}
if s.LambdaFunctionArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LambdaFunctionArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetId(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetLambdaFunctionArn sets the LambdaFunctionArn field's value.
func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunctionConfiguration {
s.LambdaFunctionArn = &v
return s
}
// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules.
type LifecycleConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies lifecycle configuration rules for an Amazon S3 bucket.
//
// Rules is a required field
Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleConfiguration"}
if s.Rules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
}
if s.Rules != nil {
for i, v := range s.Rules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
// Container for the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.
type LifecycleExpiration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates at what date the object is to be moved or deleted. Should be in
// GMT ISO 8601 Format.
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Indicates the lifetime, in days, of the objects that are subject to the rule.
// The value must be a non-zero positive integer.
Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Indicates whether Amazon S3 will remove a delete marker with no noncurrent
// versions. If set to true, the delete marker will be expired; if set to false
// the policy takes no action. This cannot be specified with Days or Date in
// a Lifecycle Expiration Policy.
ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleExpiration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleExpiration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDate(v time.Time) *LifecycleExpiration {
s.Date = &v
return s
}
// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetDays(v int64) *LifecycleExpiration {
s.Days = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker sets the ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker field's value.
func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExpiration {
s.ExpiredObjectDeleteMarker = &v
return s
}
// A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
type LifecycleRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload
// that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date,
// days and, whether the object has a delete marker.
Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`
// The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to.
// A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified.
Filter *LifecycleRuleFilter `type:"structure"`
// Unique identifier for the rule. The value cannot be longer than 255 characters.
ID *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
// period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when
// noncurrent objects transition to a specific storage class. If your bucket
// is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action
// to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to a specific
// storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is
// No longer used; use Filter instead.
//
// Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated
Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
// If 'Enabled', the rule is currently being applied. If 'Disabled', the rule
// is not currently being applied.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`
// Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class.
Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRule"}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *LifecycleRule {
s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *LifecycleRule {
s.Expiration = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetFilter(v *LifecycleRuleFilter) *LifecycleRule {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetID(v string) *LifecycleRule {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *LifecycleRule {
s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v
return s
}
// SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions sets the NoncurrentVersionTransitions field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransitions(v []*NoncurrentVersionTransition) *LifecycleRule {
s.NoncurrentVersionTransitions = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRule {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetStatus(v string) *LifecycleRule {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTransitions sets the Transitions field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule {
s.Transitions = v
return s
}
// This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or
// more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all
// of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule
// to apply.
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleAndOperator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleAndOperator"}
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *LifecycleRuleAndOperator {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to.
// A Filter must have exactly one of Prefix, Tag, or And specified.
type LifecycleRuleFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// This is used in a Lifecycle Rule Filter to apply a logical AND to two or
// more predicates. The Lifecycle Rule will apply to any object matching all
// of the predicates configured inside the And operator.
And *LifecycleRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"`
// Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// This tag must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule to apply.
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LifecycleRuleFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LifecycleRuleFilter"}
if s.And != nil {
if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tag != nil {
if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *LifecycleRuleAndOperator) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
s.And = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *LifecycleRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *LifecycleRuleFilter {
s.Tag = v
return s
}
type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket from which analytics configurations are retrieved.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ContinuationToken that represents a placeholder from where this request
// should begin.
ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of analytics configurations for a bucket.
AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The marker that is used as a starting point for this analytics configuration
// list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete.
// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
// will be provided for a subsequent request.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which indicates that
// there are more analytics configurations to list. The next request must include
// this NextContinuationToken. The token is obfuscated and is not a usable value.
NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAnalyticsConfigurationList sets the AnalyticsConfigurationList field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetAnalyticsConfigurationList(v []*AnalyticsConfiguration) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
s.AnalyticsConfigurationList = v
return s
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput {
s.NextContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the inventory configurations to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The marker used to continue an inventory configuration listing that has been
// truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
// response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
// that Amazon S3 understands.
ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If sent in the request, the marker that is used as a starting point for this
// inventory configuration list response.
ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// The list of inventory configurations for a bucket.
InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Tells whether the returned list of inventory configurations is complete.
// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
// is provided for a subsequent request.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the
// NextContinuationToken from this response to continue the listing in a subsequent
// request. The continuation token is an opaque value that Amazon S3 understands.
NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetInventoryConfigurationList sets the InventoryConfigurationList field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetInventoryConfigurationList(v []*InventoryConfiguration) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
s.InventoryConfigurationList = v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput {
s.NextContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the metrics configurations to retrieve.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The marker that is used to continue a metrics configuration listing that
// has been truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated
// list response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque
// value that Amazon S3 understands.
ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The marker that is used as a starting point for this metrics configuration
// list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request.
ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// Indicates whether the returned list of metrics configurations is complete.
// A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken
// will be provided for a subsequent request.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The list of metrics configurations for a bucket.
MetricsConfigurationList []*MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The marker used to continue a metrics configuration listing that has been
// truncated. Use the NextContinuationToken from a previously truncated list
// response to continue the listing. The continuation token is an opaque value
// that Amazon S3 understands.
NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetMetricsConfigurationList sets the MetricsConfigurationList field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetMetricsConfigurationList(v []*MetricsConfiguration) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
s.MetricsConfigurationList = v
return s
}
// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsOutput {
s.NextContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
type ListBucketsInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type ListBucketsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The list of buckets owned by the requestor.
Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"`
// The owner of the buckets listed.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListBucketsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBuckets sets the Buckets field's value.
func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetBuckets(v []*Bucket) *ListBucketsOutput {
s.Buckets = v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListMultipartUploadsRequest" type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Character you use to group keys.
//
// All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and
// the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under
// a single result element, CommonPrefixes. If you don't specify the prefix
// parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys
// that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere
// in the response.
Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
// keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload
// after which listing should begin.
//
// If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater
// than the specified key-marker will be included in the list.
//
// If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to
// the key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have
// upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker.
KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`
// Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return
// in the response body. 1,000 is the maximum number of uploads that can be
// returned in a response.
MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"`
// Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified
// prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping
// of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd
// use a folder in a file system.)
Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
// Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing
// should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter
// is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker
// might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically
// greater than the specified upload-id-marker.
UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultipartUploadsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.KeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.MaxUploads = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsInput {
s.UploadIdMarker = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
Bucket *string `type:"string"`
// If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct
// key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct
// key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element.
CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify
// a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response.
Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
//
// If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element
// in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response
// elements:
//
// Delimiter, KeyMarker, Prefix, NextKeyMarker, Key.
EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A
// value of true indicates that the list was truncated. The list can be truncated
// if the number of multipart uploads exceeds the limit allowed or specified
// by max uploads.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The key at or after which the listing began.
KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Maximum number of multipart uploads that could have been included in the
// response.
MaxUploads *int64 `type:"integer"`
// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
// used for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the value that should be
// used for the upload-id-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
NextUploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
// When a prefix is provided in the request, this field contains the specified
// prefix. The result contains only keys starting with the specified prefix.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// Upload ID after which listing began.
UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response
// can contain zero or more Upload elements.
Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListMultipartUploadsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.CommonPrefixes = v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.KeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxUploads sets the MaxUploads field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetMaxUploads(v int64) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.MaxUploads = &v
return s
}
// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.NextKeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetNextUploadIdMarker sets the NextUploadIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetNextUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.NextUploadIdMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadIdMarker sets the UploadIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploadIdMarker(v string) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.UploadIdMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetUploads sets the Uploads field's value.
func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMultipartUploadsOutput {
s.Uploads = v
return s
}
type ListObjectVersionsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectVersionsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name that contains the objects.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that
// contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the
// delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These
// groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys
// are not returned elsewhere in the response.
Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
// keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"`
// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
// API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
// but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy the search criteria,
// but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, the response contains
// true. To return the additional keys, see key-marker
// and version-id-marker.
MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`
// Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified
// prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings
// of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd
// use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll
// up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes.
Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
// Specifies the object version you want to start listing from.
VersionIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"version-id-marker" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectVersionsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.KeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsInput {
s.VersionIdMarker = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when
// calculating the number of returns.
CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Container for an object that is a delete marker.
DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The delimiter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that
// you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between
// the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a
// single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one
// result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere
// in the response.
Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
//
// If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element
// in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response
// elements:
//
// KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key, and Delimiter.
EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that
// satisfied the search criteria. If your results were truncated, you can make
// a follow-up paginated request using the NextKeyMarker and NextVersionIdMarker
// response parameters as a starting place in another request to return the
// rest of the results.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Marks the last key returned in a truncated response.
KeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies the maximum number of objects to return.
MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Bucket name.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextKeyMarker
// specifies the first key not returned that satisfies the search criteria.
// Use this value for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request.
NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"`
// When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextVersionIdMarker
// specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search
// criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a
// subsequent request.
NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Selects objects that start with the value supplied by this parameter.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// Marks the last version of the key returned in a truncated response.
VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Container for version information.
Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.CommonPrefixes = v
return s
}
// SetDeleteMarkers sets the DeleteMarkers field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDeleteMarkers(v []*DeleteMarkerEntry) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.DeleteMarkers = v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyMarker sets the KeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.KeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetNextKeyMarker sets the NextKeyMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextKeyMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.NextKeyMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetNextVersionIdMarker sets the NextVersionIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetNextVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.NextVersionIdMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionIdMarker sets the VersionIdMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.VersionIdMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetVersions sets the Versions field's value.
func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVersionsOutput {
s.Versions = v
return s
}
type ListObjectsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectsRequest" type:"structure"`
// The name of the bucket containing the objects.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
// keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Specifies the key to start with when listing objects in a bucket.
Marker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"marker" type:"string"`
// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
// API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
// but will never contain more.
MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`
// Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
// list objects request. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their
// requests.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsInput {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListObjectsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListObjectsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// All of the keys rolled up in a common prefix count as a single return when
// calculating the number of returns.
//
// A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
//
// CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the
// next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter.
//
// CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified
// by Prefix.
//
// For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as
// in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys
// that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating
// the number of returns.
CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Metadata about each object returned.
Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first
// occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element
// in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere
// in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against
// the MaxKeys value.
Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// A flag that indicates whether Amazon S3 returned all of the results that
// satisfied the search criteria.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Indicates where in the bucket listing begins. Marker is included in the response
// if it was sent with the request.
Marker *string `type:"string"`
// The maximum number of keys returned in the response body.
MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Bucket name.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response
// is true), you can use the key name in this field as marker in the subsequent
// request to get next set of objects. Amazon S3 lists objects in alphabetical
// order Note: This element is returned only if you have delimiter request parameter
// specified. If response does not include the NextMarker and it is truncated,
// you can use the value of the last Key in the response as the marker in the
// subsequent request to get the next set of object keys.
NextMarker *string `type:"string"`
// Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.CommonPrefixes = v
return s
}
// SetContents sets the Contents field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Contents = v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Marker = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetNextMarker sets the NextMarker field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetNextMarker(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.NextMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsOutput) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsOutput {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
type ListObjectsV2Input struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectsV2Request" type:"structure"`
// Bucket name to list.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on
// this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real
// key.
ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"`
// A delimiter is a character you use to group keys.
Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response.
EncodingType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"encoding-type" type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// The owner field is not present in listV2 by default, if you want to return
// owner field with each key in the result then set the fetch owner field to
// true.
FetchOwner *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"fetch-owner" type:"boolean"`
// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
// API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
// but will never contain more.
MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"`
// Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix.
Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the
// list objects request in V2 style. Bucket owners need not specify this parameter
// in their requests.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts
// listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket.
StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Input) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Input) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListObjectsV2Input"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetBucket(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetFetchOwner sets the FetchOwner field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetFetchOwner(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.FetchOwner = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input {
s.StartAfter = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListObjectsV2Output struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when
// calculating the number of returns.
//
// A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter.
//
// CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the
// next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter.
//
// CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified
// by Prefix.
//
// For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as
// in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys
// that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating
// the number of returns.
CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// Metadata about each object returned.
Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first
// occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element
// in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere
// in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against
// the MaxKeys value.
Delimiter *string `type:"string"`
// Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response.
//
// If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this
// element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following
// response elements:
//
// Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter.
EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"`
// Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys
// are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified
// by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will
// always be less than equals to MaxKeys field. Say you ask for 50 keys, your
// result will include less than equals 50 keys
KeyCount *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. By default the
// API returns up to 1,000 key names. The response might contain fewer keys
// but will never contain more.
MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Bucket name.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true, which means there
// are more keys in the bucket that can be listed. The next list requests to
// Amazon S3 can be continued with this NextContinuationToken. NextContinuationToken
// is obfuscated and is not a real key
NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"`
// Keys that begin with the indicated prefix.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response.
StartAfter *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Output) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListObjectsV2Output) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCommonPrefixes sets the CommonPrefixes field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetCommonPrefixes(v []*CommonPrefix) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.CommonPrefixes = v
return s
}
// SetContents sets the Contents field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContents(v []*Object) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.Contents = v
return s
}
// SetContinuationToken sets the ContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.ContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetDelimiter sets the Delimiter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetDelimiter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.Delimiter = &v
return s
}
// SetEncodingType sets the EncodingType field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetEncodingType(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.EncodingType = &v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetKeyCount sets the KeyCount field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetKeyCount(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.KeyCount = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxKeys sets the MaxKeys field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetMaxKeys(v int64) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.MaxKeys = &v
return s
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetName(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetNextContinuationToken sets the NextContinuationToken field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetNextContinuationToken(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.NextContinuationToken = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetPrefix(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetStartAfter sets the StartAfter field's value.
func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output {
s.StartAfter = &v
return s
}
type ListPartsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ListPartsRequest" type:"structure"`
// Name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Sets the maximum number of parts to return.
MaxParts *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-parts" type:"integer"`
// Specifies the part after which listing should begin. Only parts with higher
// part numbers will be listed.
PartNumberMarker *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"part-number-marker" type:"integer"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ListPartsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListPartsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListPartsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsInput {
s.MaxParts = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsInput {
s.PartNumberMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListPartsInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListPartsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *ListPartsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type ListPartsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete
// multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object
// name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when
// the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config).
//
// The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide
// the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action.
AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"`
// This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies
// applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort
// incomplete multipart uploads.
AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
Bucket *string `type:"string"`
// Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If
// the initiator is an AWS account, this element provides the same information
// as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, this element provides
// the user ARN and display name.
Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates
// that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts
// exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element.
IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Maximum number of parts that were allowed in the response.
MaxParts *int64 `type:"integer"`
// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list,
// as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter
// in a subsequent request.
NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created.
// If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the
// parent account ID and display name.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list,
// as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter
// in a subsequent request.
PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain
// zero or more Part elements.
Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// Class of storage (STANDARD or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY) used to store the uploaded
// object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed.
UploadId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ListPartsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetAbortDate sets the AbortDate field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortDate(v time.Time) *ListPartsOutput {
s.AbortDate = &v
return s
}
// SetAbortRuleId sets the AbortRuleId field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetAbortRuleId(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.AbortRuleId = &v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetBucket(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *ListPartsOutput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Initiator = v
return s
}
// SetIsTruncated sets the IsTruncated field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetIsTruncated(v bool) *ListPartsOutput {
s.IsTruncated = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetKey(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMaxParts sets the MaxParts field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetMaxParts(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
s.MaxParts = &v
return s
}
// SetNextPartNumberMarker sets the NextPartNumberMarker field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetNextPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
s.NextPartNumberMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetPartNumberMarker sets the PartNumberMarker field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetPartNumberMarker(v int64) *ListPartsOutput {
s.PartNumberMarker = &v
return s
}
// SetParts sets the Parts field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetParts(v []*Part) *ListPartsOutput {
s.Parts = v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *ListPartsOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsOutput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
// Describes an Amazon S3 location that will receive the results of the restore
// request.
type Location struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A list of grants that control access to the staged results.
AccessControlList []*Grant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// The name of the bucket where the restore results will be placed.
//
// BucketName is a required field
BucketName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the restore results.
CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// Contains the type of server-side encryption used.
Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"`
// The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request.
//
// Prefix is a required field
Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The class of storage used to store the restore results.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The tag-set that is applied to the restore results.
Tagging *Tagging `type:"structure"`
// A list of metadata to store with the restore results in S3.
UserMetadata []*MetadataEntry `locationNameList:"MetadataEntry" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Location) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Location) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Location) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Location"}
if s.BucketName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketName"))
}
if s.Prefix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
}
if s.AccessControlList != nil {
for i, v := range s.AccessControlList {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AccessControlList", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.Encryption != nil {
if err := s.Encryption.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Encryption", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tagging != nil {
if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAccessControlList sets the AccessControlList field's value.
func (s *Location) SetAccessControlList(v []*Grant) *Location {
s.AccessControlList = v
return s
}
// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
func (s *Location) SetBucketName(v string) *Location {
s.BucketName = &v
return s
}
// SetCannedACL sets the CannedACL field's value.
func (s *Location) SetCannedACL(v string) *Location {
s.CannedACL = &v
return s
}
// SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.
func (s *Location) SetEncryption(v *Encryption) *Location {
s.Encryption = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *Location) SetPrefix(v string) *Location {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Location) SetStorageClass(v string) *Location {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *Location) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *Location {
s.Tagging = v
return s
}
// SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.
func (s *Location) SetUserMetadata(v []*MetadataEntry) *Location {
s.UserMetadata = v
return s
}
// Describes where logs are stored and the prefix that Amazon S3 assigns to
// all log object keys for a bucket. For more information, see PUT Bucket logging
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlogging.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type LoggingEnabled struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to store server access logs.
// You can have your logs delivered to any bucket that you own, including the
// same bucket that is being logged. You can also configure multiple buckets
// to deliver their logs to the same target bucket. In this case, you should
// choose a different TargetPrefix for each source bucket so that the delivered
// log files can be distinguished by key.
//
// TargetBucket is a required field
TargetBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for granting information.
TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"`
// A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon
// S3 buckets in a single bucket, you can use a prefix to distinguish which
// log files came from which bucket.
//
// TargetPrefix is a required field
TargetPrefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s LoggingEnabled) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s LoggingEnabled) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "LoggingEnabled"}
if s.TargetBucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetBucket"))
}
if s.TargetPrefix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetPrefix"))
}
if s.TargetGrants != nil {
for i, v := range s.TargetGrants {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TargetGrants", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetTargetBucket sets the TargetBucket field's value.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetBucket(v string) *LoggingEnabled {
s.TargetBucket = &v
return s
}
// SetTargetGrants sets the TargetGrants field's value.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetGrants(v []*TargetGrant) *LoggingEnabled {
s.TargetGrants = v
return s
}
// SetTargetPrefix sets the TargetPrefix field's value.
func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled {
s.TargetPrefix = &v
return s
}
// A metadata key-value pair to store with an object.
type MetadataEntry struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the Object.
Name *string `type:"string"`
// Value of the Object.
Value *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MetadataEntry) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetadataEntry) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
func (s *MetadataEntry) SetName(v string) *MetadataEntry {
s.Name = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
// A container specifying replication metrics-related settings enabling metrics
// and Amazon S3 events for S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC). Must be specified
// together with a ReplicationTime block.
type Metrics struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container specifying the time threshold for emitting the s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold
// event.
//
// EventThreshold is a required field
EventThreshold *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Specifies whether the replication metrics are enabled.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MetricsStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Metrics) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Metrics) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Metrics) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Metrics"}
if s.EventThreshold == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EventThreshold"))
}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEventThreshold sets the EventThreshold field's value.
func (s *Metrics) SetEventThreshold(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *Metrics {
s.EventThreshold = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *Metrics) SetStatus(v string) *Metrics {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object
// must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
type MetricsAndOperator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The prefix used when evaluating an AND predicate.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The list of tags used when evaluating an AND predicate.
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MetricsAndOperator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetricsAndOperator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetricsAndOperator) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsAndOperator"}
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsAndOperator {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *MetricsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *MetricsAndOperator {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// Specifies a metrics configuration for the CloudWatch request metrics (specified
// by the metrics configuration ID) from an Amazon S3 bucket. If you're updating
// an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a full replacement of
// the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include the elements you
// want to keep, they are erased. For more information, see PUT Bucket metrics
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTMetricConfiguration.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type MetricsConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration will
// only include objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a
// prefix, a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
Filter *MetricsFilter `type:"structure"`
// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MetricsConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetricsConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetricsConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsConfiguration"}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetFilter(v *MetricsFilter) *MetricsConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration only
// includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix,
// a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator).
type MetricsFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a
// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object
// must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply.
And *MetricsAndOperator `type:"structure"`
// The prefix used when evaluating a metrics filter.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// The tag used when evaluating a metrics filter.
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MetricsFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MetricsFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *MetricsFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MetricsFilter"}
if s.And != nil {
if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tag != nil {
if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *MetricsFilter) SetAnd(v *MetricsAndOperator) *MetricsFilter {
s.And = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *MetricsFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *MetricsFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter {
s.Tag = v
return s
}
// Container for the MultipartUpload for the Amazon S3 object.
type MultipartUpload struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Date and time at which the multipart upload was initiated.
Initiated *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Identifies who initiated the multipart upload.
Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"`
// Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// The class of storage used to store the object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// Upload ID that identifies the multipart upload.
UploadId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s MultipartUpload) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s MultipartUpload) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetInitiated sets the Initiated field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiated(v time.Time) *MultipartUpload {
s.Initiated = &v
return s
}
// SetInitiator sets the Initiator field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetInitiator(v *Initiator) *MultipartUpload {
s.Initiator = v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetKey(v string) *MultipartUpload {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetOwner(v *Owner) *MultipartUpload {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetStorageClass(v string) *MultipartUpload {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *MultipartUpload) SetUploadId(v string) *MultipartUpload {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
// period in the object's lifetime.
type NoncurrentVersionExpiration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
// perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
// calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates When an Object Became Noncurrent
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionExpiration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.
func (s *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionExpiration {
s.NoncurrentDays = &v
return s
}
// Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects
// transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER,
// or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning
// is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition
// noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING,
// GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's
// lifetime.
type NoncurrentVersionTransition struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the number of days an object is noncurrent before Amazon S3 can
// perform the associated action. For information about the noncurrent days
// calculations, see How Amazon S3 Calculates How Long an Object Has Been Noncurrent
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#non-current-days-calculations)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
NoncurrentDays *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The class of storage used to store the object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NoncurrentVersionTransition) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetNoncurrentDays sets the NoncurrentDays field's value.
func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetNoncurrentDays(v int64) *NoncurrentVersionTransition {
s.NoncurrentDays = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *NoncurrentVersionTransition) SetStorageClass(v string) *NoncurrentVersionTransition {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket.
// If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
type NotificationConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes the AWS Lambda functions to invoke and the events for which to
// invoke them.
LambdaFunctionConfigurations []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration `locationName:"CloudFunctionConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The Amazon Simple Queue Service queues to publish messages to and the events
// for which to publish messages.
QueueConfigurations []*QueueConfiguration `locationName:"QueueConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// The topic to which notifications are sent and the events for which notifications
// are generated.
TopicConfigurations []*TopicConfiguration `locationName:"TopicConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "NotificationConfiguration"}
if s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations != nil {
for i, v := range s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "LambdaFunctionConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.QueueConfigurations != nil {
for i, v := range s.QueueConfigurations {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "QueueConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if s.TopicConfigurations != nil {
for i, v := range s.TopicConfigurations {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TopicConfigurations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations sets the LambdaFunctionConfigurations field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionConfigurations(v []*LambdaFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
s.LambdaFunctionConfigurations = v
return s
}
// SetQueueConfigurations sets the QueueConfigurations field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetQueueConfigurations(v []*QueueConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
s.QueueConfigurations = v
return s
}
// SetTopicConfigurations sets the TopicConfigurations field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfiguration) *NotificationConfiguration {
s.TopicConfigurations = v
return s
}
type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration.
CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"`
// This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration
// for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue
// when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`
// This data type is deprecated. A container for specifying the configuration
// for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon
// SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCloudFunctionConfiguration sets the CloudFunctionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetCloudFunctionConfiguration(v *CloudFunctionConfiguration) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
s.CloudFunctionConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetQueueConfiguration sets the QueueConfiguration field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueueConfiguration(v *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
s.QueueConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetTopicConfiguration sets the TopicConfiguration field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopicConfiguration(v *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated {
s.TopicConfiguration = v
return s
}
// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type NotificationConfigurationFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container for object key name prefix and suffix filtering rules.
Key *KeyFilter `locationName:"S3Key" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s NotificationConfigurationFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConfigurationFilter {
s.Key = v
return s
}
// An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata.
type Object struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The entity tag is a hash of the object. The ETag reflects changes only to
// the contents of an object, not its metadata. The ETag may or may not be an
// MD5 digest of the object data. Whether or not it is depends on how the object
// was created and how it is encrypted as described below:
//
// * Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or
// through the AWS Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-S3 or plaintext,
// have ETags that are an MD5 digest of their object data.
//
// * Objects created by the PUT Object, POST Object, or Copy operation, or
// through the AWS Management Console, and are encrypted by SSE-C or SSE-KMS,
// have ETags that are not an MD5 digest of their object data.
//
// * If an object is created by either the Multipart Upload or Part Copy
// operation, the ETag is not an MD5 digest, regardless of the method of
// encryption.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve
// the object.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// The date the Object was Last Modified
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// The owner of the object
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// Size in bytes of the object
Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The class of storage used to store the object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectStorageClass"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Object) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Object) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *Object) SetETag(v string) *Object {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Object) SetKey(v string) *Object {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *Object) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Object {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *Object) SetOwner(v *Owner) *Object {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *Object) SetSize(v int64) *Object {
s.Size = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// Object Identifier is unique value to identify objects.
type ObjectIdentifier struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Key name of the object to delete.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// VersionId for the specific version of the object to delete.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectIdentifier) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectIdentifier) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ObjectIdentifier) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ObjectIdentifier"}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetKey(v string) *ObjectIdentifier {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// The container element for Object Lock configuration parameters.
type ObjectLockConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled.
ObjectLockEnabled *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockEnabled"`
// The Object Lock rule in place for the specified object.
Rule *ObjectLockRule `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetObjectLockEnabled sets the ObjectLockEnabled field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetObjectLockEnabled(v string) *ObjectLockConfiguration {
s.ObjectLockEnabled = &v
return s
}
// SetRule sets the Rule field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockConfiguration) SetRule(v *ObjectLockRule) *ObjectLockConfiguration {
s.Rule = v
return s
}
// A Legal Hold configuration for an object.
type ObjectLockLegalHold struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates whether the specified object has a Legal Hold in place.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockLegalHold) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockLegalHold) SetStatus(v string) *ObjectLockLegalHold {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// A Retention configuration for an object.
type ObjectLockRetention struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object.
Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"`
// The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire.
RetainUntilDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRetention) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRetention) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMode sets the Mode field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetMode(v string) *ObjectLockRetention {
s.Mode = &v
return s
}
// SetRetainUntilDate sets the RetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *ObjectLockRetention {
s.RetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// The container element for an Object Lock rule.
type ObjectLockRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The default retention period that you want to apply to new objects placed
// in the specified bucket.
DefaultRetention *DefaultRetention `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectLockRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDefaultRetention sets the DefaultRetention field's value.
func (s *ObjectLockRule) SetDefaultRetention(v *DefaultRetention) *ObjectLockRule {
s.DefaultRetention = v
return s
}
// The version of an object.
type ObjectVersion struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The entity tag is an MD5 hash of that version of the object.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version
// of an object.
IsLatest *bool `type:"boolean"`
// The object key.
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"`
// Date and time the object was last modified.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Specifies the owner of the object.
Owner *Owner `type:"structure"`
// Size in bytes of the object.
Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The class of storage used to store the object.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectVersionStorageClass"`
// Version ID of an object.
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ObjectVersion) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ObjectVersion) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetETag(v string) *ObjectVersion {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetIsLatest sets the IsLatest field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetIsLatest(v bool) *ObjectVersion {
s.IsLatest = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetKey(v string) *ObjectVersion {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *ObjectVersion {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetOwner sets the Owner field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ObjectVersion {
s.Owner = v
return s
}
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetSize(v int64) *ObjectVersion {
s.Size = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetStorageClass(v string) *ObjectVersion {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *ObjectVersion) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectVersion {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
// Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
type OutputLocation struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes an S3 location that will receive the results of the restore request.
S3 *Location `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s OutputLocation) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OutputLocation) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *OutputLocation) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputLocation"}
if s.S3 != nil {
if err := s.S3.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("S3", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetS3 sets the S3 field's value.
func (s *OutputLocation) SetS3(v *Location) *OutputLocation {
s.S3 = v
return s
}
// Describes how results of the Select job are serialized.
type OutputSerialization struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Describes the serialization of CSV-encoded Select results.
CSV *CSVOutput `type:"structure"`
// Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format.
JSON *JSONOutput `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s OutputSerialization) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s OutputSerialization) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCSV sets the CSV field's value.
func (s *OutputSerialization) SetCSV(v *CSVOutput) *OutputSerialization {
s.CSV = v
return s
}
// SetJSON sets the JSON field's value.
func (s *OutputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONOutput) *OutputSerialization {
s.JSON = v
return s
}
// Container for the owner's display name and ID.
type Owner struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for the display name of the owner.
DisplayName *string `type:"string"`
// Container for the ID of the owner.
ID *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Owner) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Owner) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDisplayName sets the DisplayName field's value.
func (s *Owner) SetDisplayName(v string) *Owner {
s.DisplayName = &v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// Container for Parquet.
type ParquetInput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ParquetInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ParquetInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Container for elements related to a part.
type Part struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag returned when the part was uploaded.
ETag *string `type:"string"`
// Date and time at which the part was uploaded.
LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
// Part number identifying the part. This is a positive integer between 1 and
// 10,000.
PartNumber *int64 `type:"integer"`
// Size in bytes of the uploaded part data.
Size *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Part) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Part) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *Part) SetETag(v string) *Part {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value.
func (s *Part) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *Part {
s.LastModified = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *Part) SetPartNumber(v int64) *Part {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetSize sets the Size field's value.
func (s *Part) SetSize(v int64) *Part {
s.Size = &v
return s
}
// The container element for a bucket's policy status.
type PolicyStatus struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The policy status for this bucket. TRUE indicates that this bucket is public.
// FALSE indicates that the bucket is not public.
IsPublic *bool `locationName:"IsPublic" type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PolicyStatus) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PolicyStatus) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetIsPublic sets the IsPublic field's value.
func (s *PolicyStatus) SetIsPublic(v bool) *PolicyStatus {
s.IsPublic = &v
return s
}
// This data type contains information about progress of an operation.
type Progress struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The current number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"`
// The current number of bytes of records payload data returned.
BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"`
// The current number of object bytes scanned.
BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Progress) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Progress) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value.
func (s *Progress) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Progress {
s.BytesProcessed = &v
return s
}
// SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value.
func (s *Progress) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Progress {
s.BytesReturned = &v
return s
}
// SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value.
func (s *Progress) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Progress {
s.BytesScanned = &v
return s
}
// This data type contains information about the progress event of an operation.
type ProgressEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"ProgressEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"`
// The Progress event details.
Details *Progress `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ProgressEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ProgressEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDetails sets the Details field's value.
func (s *ProgressEvent) SetDetails(v *Progress) *ProgressEvent {
s.Details = v
return s
}
// The ProgressEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *ProgressEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the ProgressEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload(
bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s,
); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *ProgressEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
var buf bytes.Buffer
if err = pm.MarshalPayload(&buf, s); err != nil {
return eventstream.Message{}, err
}
msg.Payload = buf.Bytes()
return msg, err
}
// The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon
// S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For
// more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public,
// see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public access control lists (ACLs)
// for this bucket and objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE
// causes the following behavior:
//
// * PUT Bucket acl and PUT Object acl calls fail if the specified ACL is
// public.
//
// * PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL.
//
// * PUT Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL.
//
// Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs.
BlockPublicAcls *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicAcls" type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should block public bucket policies for this
// bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to reject calls to
// PUT Bucket policy if the specified bucket policy allows public access.
//
// Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing bucket policies.
BlockPublicPolicy *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicPolicy" type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should ignore public ACLs for this bucket and
// objects in this bucket. Setting this element to TRUE causes Amazon S3 to
// ignore all public ACLs on this bucket and objects in this bucket.
//
// Enabling this setting doesn't affect the persistence of any existing ACLs
// and doesn't prevent new public ACLs from being set.
IgnorePublicAcls *bool `locationName:"IgnorePublicAcls" type:"boolean"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should restrict public bucket policies for this
// bucket. Setting this element to TRUE restricts access to this bucket to only
// AWS services and authorized users within this account if the bucket has a
// public policy.
//
// Enabling this setting doesn't affect previously stored bucket policies, except
// that public and cross-account access within any public bucket policy, including
// non-public delegation to specific accounts, is blocked.
RestrictPublicBuckets *bool `locationName:"RestrictPublicBuckets" type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBlockPublicAcls sets the BlockPublicAcls field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
s.BlockPublicAcls = &v
return s
}
// SetBlockPublicPolicy sets the BlockPublicPolicy field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetBlockPublicPolicy(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
s.BlockPublicPolicy = &v
return s
}
// SetIgnorePublicAcls sets the IgnorePublicAcls field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetIgnorePublicAcls(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
s.IgnorePublicAcls = &v
return s
}
// SetRestrictPublicBuckets sets the RestrictPublicBuckets field's value.
func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetRestrictPublicBuckets(v bool) *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration {
s.RestrictPublicBuckets = &v
return s
}
type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"`
// Container for setting the transfer acceleration state.
//
// AccelerateConfiguration is a required field
AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Name of the bucket for which the accelerate configuration is set.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput"}
if s.AccelerateConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AccelerateConfiguration"))
}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAccelerateConfiguration sets the AccelerateConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetAccelerateConfiguration(v *AccelerateConfiguration) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
s.AccelerateConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketAclInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAclRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the bucket.
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"`
// Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The bucket to which to apply the ACL.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
// bucket.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAclInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil {
if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.AccessControlPolicy = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantWrite = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutBucketAclInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketAclOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAclOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AnalyticsConfiguration"`
// The configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter.
//
// AnalyticsConfiguration is a required field
AnalyticsConfiguration *AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The name of the bucket to which an analytics configuration is stored.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID that identifies the analytics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput"}
if s.AnalyticsConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AnalyticsConfiguration"))
}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.AnalyticsConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.AnalyticsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("AnalyticsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnalyticsConfiguration sets the AnalyticsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *AnalyticsConfiguration) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.AnalyticsConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketCorsInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"`
// Specifies the bucket impacted by the corsconfiguration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon
// S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon
// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// CORSConfiguration is a required field
CORSConfiguration *CORSConfiguration `locationName:"CORSConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketCorsInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.CORSConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CORSConfiguration"))
}
if s.CORSConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.CORSConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("CORSConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketCorsInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCORSConfiguration sets the CORSConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) SetCORSConfiguration(v *CORSConfiguration) *PutBucketCorsInput {
s.CORSConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketCorsInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketCorsOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketCorsOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"`
// Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with
// Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer master keys stored in AWS KMS
// (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature,
// see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
//
// ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration is a required field
ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration `locationName:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketEncryptionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"))
}
if s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketEncryptionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration sets the ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) SetServerSideEncryptionConfiguration(v *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) *PutBucketEncryptionInput {
s.ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketEncryptionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketEncryptionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"InventoryConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket where the inventory configuration will be stored.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the inventory configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the inventory configuration.
//
// InventoryConfiguration is a required field
InventoryConfiguration *InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.InventoryConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InventoryConfiguration"))
}
if s.InventoryConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.InventoryConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("InventoryConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetInventoryConfiguration sets the InventoryConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *InventoryConfiguration) *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput {
s.InventoryConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketInventoryConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules.
LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput {
s.LifecycleConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"`
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules.
LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLifecycleInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.LifecycleConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.LifecycleConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("LifecycleConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLifecycleInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetLifecycleConfiguration sets the LifecycleConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) SetLifecycleConfiguration(v *LifecycleConfiguration) *PutBucketLifecycleInput {
s.LifecycleConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketLifecycleInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketLifecycleOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketLoggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"`
// The name of the bucket for which to set the logging parameters.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for logging status information.
//
// BucketLoggingStatus is a required field
BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketLoggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.BucketLoggingStatus == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BucketLoggingStatus"))
}
if s.BucketLoggingStatus != nil {
if err := s.BucketLoggingStatus.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("BucketLoggingStatus", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketLoggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBucketLoggingStatus sets the BucketLoggingStatus field's value.
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) SetBucketLoggingStatus(v *BucketLoggingStatus) *PutBucketLoggingInput {
s.BucketLoggingStatus = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketLoggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketLoggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketLoggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"MetricsConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket for which the metrics configuration is set.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The ID used to identify the metrics configuration.
//
// Id is a required field
Id *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Specifies the metrics configuration.
//
// MetricsConfiguration is a required field
MetricsConfiguration *MetricsConfiguration `locationName:"MetricsConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Id == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id"))
}
if s.MetricsConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MetricsConfiguration"))
}
if s.MetricsConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.MetricsConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("MetricsConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetId(v string) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetMetricsConfiguration sets the MetricsConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *MetricsConfiguration) *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput {
s.MetricsConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketMetricsConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A container for specifying the notification configuration of the bucket.
// If this element is empty, notifications are turned off for the bucket.
//
// NotificationConfiguration is a required field
NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfiguration `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration"))
}
if s.NotificationConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.NotificationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("NotificationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfiguration) *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput {
s.NotificationConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketNotificationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The container for the configuration.
//
// NotificationConfiguration is a required field
NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketNotificationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.NotificationConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NotificationConfiguration"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketNotificationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetNotificationConfiguration sets the NotificationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) SetNotificationConfiguration(v *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated) *PutBucketNotificationInput {
s.NotificationConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketNotificationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketNotificationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketPolicyInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Policy"`
// The name of the bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Set this parameter to true to confirm that you want to remove your permissions
// to change this bucket policy in the future.
ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-confirm-remove-self-bucket-access" type:"boolean"`
// The bucket policy as a JSON document.
//
// Policy is a required field
Policy *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketPolicyInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Policy == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Policy"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess sets the ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess field's value.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess(v bool) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
s.ConfirmRemoveSelfBucketAccess = &v
return s
}
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBucketPolicyInput {
s.Policy = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketPolicyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketPolicyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketReplicationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"`
// The name of the bucket
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
// size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
//
// ReplicationConfiguration is a required field
ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketReplicationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.ReplicationConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationConfiguration"))
}
if s.ReplicationConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.ReplicationConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ReplicationConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetReplicationConfiguration sets the ReplicationConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationConfiguration) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
s.ReplicationConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetToken sets the Token field's value.
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutBucketReplicationInput {
s.Token = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketReplicationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketReplicationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for Payer.
//
// RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field
RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketRequestPaymentInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RequestPaymentConfiguration"))
}
if s.RequestPaymentConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.RequestPaymentConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("RequestPaymentConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetRequestPaymentConfiguration sets the RequestPaymentConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) SetRequestPaymentConfiguration(v *RequestPaymentConfiguration) *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput {
s.RequestPaymentConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for the TagSet and Tag elements.
//
// Tagging is a required field
Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Tagging == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging"))
}
if s.Tagging != nil {
if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutBucketTaggingInput {
s.Tagging = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketVersioningInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space,
// and the value that is displayed on your authentication device.
MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"`
// Container for setting the versioning state.
//
// VersioningConfiguration is a required field
VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketVersioningInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.VersioningConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VersioningConfiguration"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetMFA sets the MFA field's value.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetMFA(v string) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
s.MFA = &v
return s
}
// SetVersioningConfiguration sets the VersioningConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) SetVersioningConfiguration(v *VersioningConfiguration) *PutBucketVersioningInput {
s.VersioningConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketVersioningInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketVersioningOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for the request.
//
// WebsiteConfiguration is a required field
WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBucketWebsiteInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.WebsiteConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebsiteConfiguration"))
}
if s.WebsiteConfiguration != nil {
if err := s.WebsiteConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("WebsiteConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutBucketWebsiteInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetWebsiteConfiguration sets the WebsiteConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) SetWebsiteConfiguration(v *WebsiteConfiguration) *PutBucketWebsiteInput {
s.WebsiteConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutBucketWebsiteInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutBucketWebsiteOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
type PutObjectAclInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectAclRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee.
AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The bucket name that contains the object to which you want to attach the
// ACL.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the
// bucket.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to list the objects in the bucket.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the bucket ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to create, overwrite, and delete any object in the bucket.
GrantWrite *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// Key for which the PUT operation was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectAclInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.AccessControlPolicy != nil {
if err := s.AccessControlPolicy.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("AccessControlPolicy", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetAccessControlPolicy sets the AccessControlPolicy field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetAccessControlPolicy(v *AccessControlPolicy) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.AccessControlPolicy = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWrite sets the GrantWrite field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWrite(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantWrite = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectAclInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectAclInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectAclOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectAclOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
// The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL).
ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"`
// Object data.
Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`
// Bucket name to which the PUT operation was initiated.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For
// more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9
// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9).
CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"`
// Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information,
// see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1).
ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"`
// Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus
// what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced
// by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11
// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11).
ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"`
// The language the content is in.
ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"`
// Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
// body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13
// (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13).
ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
// The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers)
// according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check
// to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although
// it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end
// integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication,
// see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html).
ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"`
// A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information,
// see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17).
ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"`
// The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information,
// see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21).
Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"`
// Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object.
GrantFullControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-full-control" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object data and its metadata.
GrantRead *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to read the object ACL.
GrantReadACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-read-acp" type:"string"`
// Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object.
GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the PUT operation was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// A map of metadata to store with the object in S3.
Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"`
// Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information
// about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html).
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"`
// The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object.
ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"`
// The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire.
ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption. The
// value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with the
// encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms,
// this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetrical customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for
// the object.
//
// If the value of x-amz-server-side-encryption is aws:kms, this header specifies
// the ID of the symmetric customer managed AWS KMS CMK that will be used for
// the object. If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but do not
// providex-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon S3 uses the AWS
// managed CMK in AWS to protect the data.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// If you don't specify, S3 Standard is the default storage class. Amazon S3
// supports other storage classes.
StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
// The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters.
// (For example, "Key1=Value1")
Tagging *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-tagging" type:"string"`
// If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object
// to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores
// the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object
// metadata, see Object Key and Metadata (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html).
//
// In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object
// (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket:
//
// x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html
//
// In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to
// another website:
//
// x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/
//
// For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites
// on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html)
// and How to Configure Website Page Redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html).
WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetACL sets the ACL field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetACL(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ACL = &v
return s
}
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *PutObjectInput {
s.Body = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCacheControl sets the CacheControl field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetCacheControl(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.CacheControl = &v
return s
}
// SetContentDisposition sets the ContentDisposition field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentDisposition(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentDisposition = &v
return s
}
// SetContentEncoding sets the ContentEncoding field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentEncoding(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentEncoding = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLanguage sets the ContentLanguage field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLanguage(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentLanguage = &v
return s
}
// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentLength = &v
return s
}
// SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetContentType(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ContentType = &v
return s
}
// SetExpires sets the Expires field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetExpires(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput {
s.Expires = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantFullControl sets the GrantFullControl field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantFullControl(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.GrantFullControl = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantRead sets the GrantRead field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantRead(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.GrantRead = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantReadACP sets the GrantReadACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantReadACP(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.GrantReadACP = &v
return s
}
// SetGrantWriteACP sets the GrantWriteACP field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetGrantWriteACP(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.GrantWriteACP = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *PutObjectInput {
s.Metadata = v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus sets the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockLegalHoldStatus(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockMode sets the ObjectLockMode field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockMode(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockMode = &v
return s
}
// SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate sets the ObjectLockRetainUntilDate field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetObjectLockRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *PutObjectInput {
s.ObjectLockRetainUntilDate = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetStorageClass(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetTagging(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.Tagging = &v
return s
}
// SetWebsiteRedirectLocation sets the WebsiteRedirectLocation field's value.
func (s *PutObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *PutObjectInput {
s.WebsiteRedirectLocation = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectLegalHoldInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectLegalHoldRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LegalHold"`
// The bucket name containing the object that you want to place a Legal Hold
// on.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The key name for the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container element for the Legal Hold configuration you want to apply to the
// specified object.
LegalHold *ObjectLockLegalHold `locationName:"LegalHold" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// The version ID of the object that you want to place a Legal Hold on.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLegalHoldInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetLegalHold sets the LegalHold field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.LegalHold = v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectLegalHoldOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"`
// The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket.
ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `locationName:"ObjectLockConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket.
Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectLockConfigurationInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetObjectLockConfiguration sets the ObjectLockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectLockConfiguration) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.ObjectLockConfiguration = v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetToken sets the Token field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) SetToken(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput {
s.Token = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLockConfigurationOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag for the uploaded object.
ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
// If the expiration is configured for the object (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration),
// the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id
// key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value
// of the rule-id is URL encoded.
Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the AWS KMS Encryption Context to use for object encryption.
// The value of this header is a base64-encoded UTF-8 string holding JSON with
// the encryption context key-value pairs.
SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms,
// this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// If you specified server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master
// key (CMK) or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response
// includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3
// used to encrypt the object.
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
// Version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetETag(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetExpiration(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.Expiration = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext sets the SSEKMSEncryptionContext field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSEncryptionContext(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSEncryptionContext = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectRetentionInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectRetentionRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Retention"`
// The bucket name that contains the object you want to apply this Object Retention
// configuration to.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Indicates whether this operation should bypass Governance-mode restrictions.
BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"`
// The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention
// configuration to.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// The container element for the Object Retention configuration.
Retention *ObjectLockRetention `locationName:"Retention" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The version ID for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention
// configuration to.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectRetentionInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetBypassGovernanceRetention sets the BypassGovernanceRetention field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetBypassGovernanceRetention(v bool) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.BypassGovernanceRetention = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetRetention sets the Retention field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.Retention = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectRetentionInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectRetentionInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectRetentionOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectRetentionOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *PutObjectRetentionOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectRetentionOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
type PutObjectTaggingInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"`
// The bucket name containing the object.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Name of the object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Container for the TagSet and Tag elements
//
// Tagging is a required field
Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be added to.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutObjectTaggingInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.Tagging == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tagging"))
}
if s.Tagging != nil {
if err := s.Tagging.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tagging", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetKey(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetTagging sets the Tagging field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetTagging(v *Tagging) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
s.Tagging = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The versionId of the object the tag-set was added to.
VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutObjectTaggingOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *PutObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingOutput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
type PutPublicAccessBlockInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"PutPublicAccessBlockRequest" type:"structure" payload:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"`
// The name of the Amazon S3 bucket whose PublicAccessBlock configuration you
// want to set.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon
// S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For
// more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public,
// see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// PublicAccessBlockConfiguration is a required field
PublicAccessBlockConfiguration *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration `locationName:"PublicAccessBlockConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutPublicAccessBlockInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PublicAccessBlockConfiguration"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetBucket(v string) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration sets the PublicAccessBlockConfiguration field's value.
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) *PutPublicAccessBlockInput {
s.PublicAccessBlockConfiguration = v
return s
}
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type PutPublicAccessBlockOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue
// Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified events.
type QueueConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
//
// Events is a required field
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3
// publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
//
// QueueArn is a required field
QueueArn *string `locationName:"Queue" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "QueueConfiguration"}
if s.Events == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
}
if s.QueueArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("QueueArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfiguration {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *QueueConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetId(v string) *QueueConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetQueueArn sets the QueueArn field's value.
func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration {
s.QueueArn = &v
return s
}
// This data type is deprecated. Use QueueConfiguration for the same purposes.
// This data type specifies the configuration for publishing messages to an
// Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects specified
// events.
type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The bucket event for which to send notifications.
//
// Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`
// A collection of bucket events for which to send notifications
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3
// publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
Queue *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s QueueConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Event = &v
return s
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.
func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Queue = &v
return s
}
// The container for the records event.
type RecordsEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"RecordsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Payload"`
// The byte array of partial, one or more result records.
//
// Payload is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
Payload []byte `type:"blob"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RecordsEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RecordsEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetPayload sets the Payload field's value.
func (s *RecordsEvent) SetPayload(v []byte) *RecordsEvent {
s.Payload = v
return s
}
// The RecordsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *RecordsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the RecordsEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *RecordsEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
s.Payload = make([]byte, len(msg.Payload))
copy(s.Payload, msg.Payload)
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *RecordsEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
msg.Headers.Set(":content-type", eventstream.StringValue("application/octet-stream"))
msg.Payload = s.Payload
return msg, err
}
// Specifies how requests are redirected. In the event of an error, you can
// specify a different error code to return.
type Redirect struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The host name to use in the redirect request.
HostName *string `type:"string"`
// The HTTP redirect code to use on the response. Not required if one of the
// siblings is present.
HttpRedirectCode *string `type:"string"`
// Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that
// is used in the original request.
Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`
// The object key prefix to use in the redirect request. For example, to redirect
// requests for all pages with prefix docs/ (objects in the docs/ folder) to
// documents/, you can set a condition block with KeyPrefixEquals set to docs/
// and in the Redirect set ReplaceKeyPrefixWith to /documents. Not required
// if one of the siblings is present. Can be present only if ReplaceKeyWith
// is not provided.
ReplaceKeyPrefixWith *string `type:"string"`
// The specific object key to use in the redirect request. For example, redirect
// request to error.html. Not required if one of the siblings is present. Can
// be present only if ReplaceKeyPrefixWith is not provided.
ReplaceKeyWith *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Redirect) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Redirect) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetHostName(v string) *Redirect {
s.HostName = &v
return s
}
// SetHttpRedirectCode sets the HttpRedirectCode field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetHttpRedirectCode(v string) *Redirect {
s.HttpRedirectCode = &v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetProtocol(v string) *Redirect {
s.Protocol = &v
return s
}
// SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith sets the ReplaceKeyPrefixWith field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyPrefixWith(v string) *Redirect {
s.ReplaceKeyPrefixWith = &v
return s
}
// SetReplaceKeyWith sets the ReplaceKeyWith field's value.
func (s *Redirect) SetReplaceKeyWith(v string) *Redirect {
s.ReplaceKeyWith = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of
// an Amazon S3 bucket.
type RedirectAllRequestsTo struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the host where requests are redirected.
//
// HostName is a required field
HostName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// Protocol to use when redirecting requests. The default is the protocol that
// is used in the original request.
Protocol *string `type:"string" enum:"Protocol"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RedirectAllRequestsTo) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RedirectAllRequestsTo"}
if s.HostName == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HostName"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetHostName sets the HostName field's value.
func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetHostName(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo {
s.HostName = &v
return s
}
// SetProtocol sets the Protocol field's value.
func (s *RedirectAllRequestsTo) SetProtocol(v string) *RedirectAllRequestsTo {
s.Protocol = &v
return s
}
// A container for replication rules. You can add up to 1,000 rules. The maximum
// size of a replication configuration is 2 MB.
type ReplicationConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management
// (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information,
// see How to Set Up Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Role is a required field
Role *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// A container for one or more replication rules. A replication configuration
// must have at least one rule and can contain a maximum of 1,000 rules.
//
// Rules is a required field
Rules []*ReplicationRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationConfiguration"}
if s.Role == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Role"))
}
if s.Rules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
}
if s.Rules != nil {
for i, v := range s.Rules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetRole sets the Role field's value.
func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRole(v string) *ReplicationConfiguration {
s.Role = &v
return s
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationConfiguration {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
// Specifies which Amazon S3 objects to replicate and where to store the replicas.
type ReplicationRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates the delete markers. If you specify
// a Filter, you must specify this element. However, in the latest version of
// replication configuration (when Filter is specified), Amazon S3 doesn't replicate
// delete markers. Therefore, the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain
// only Disabled. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule
// Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config).
//
// If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes that the replication
// configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon
// S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. For more information,
// see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations).
DeleteMarkerReplication *DeleteMarkerReplication `type:"structure"`
// A container for information about the replication destination and its configurations
// including enabling the S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC).
//
// Destination is a required field
Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Optional configuration to replicate existing source bucket objects. For more
// information, see Replicating Existing Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-what-is-isnot-replicated.html#existing-object-replication)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
ExistingObjectReplication *ExistingObjectReplication `type:"structure"`
// A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule
// applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element.
Filter *ReplicationRuleFilter `type:"structure"`
// A unique identifier for the rule. The maximum value is 255 characters.
ID *string `type:"string"`
// An object key name prefix that identifies the object or objects to which
// the rule applies. The maximum prefix length is 1,024 characters. To include
// all objects in a bucket, specify an empty string.
//
// Deprecated: Prefix has been deprecated
Prefix *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
// The priority associated with the rule. If you specify multiple rules in a
// replication configuration, Amazon S3 prioritizes the rules to prevent conflicts
// when filtering. If two or more rules identify the same object based on a
// specified filter, the rule with higher priority takes precedence. For example:
//
// * Same object quality prefix-based filter criteria if prefixes you specified
// in multiple rules overlap
//
// * Same object qualify tag-based filter criteria specified in multiple
// rules
//
// For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Priority *int64 `type:"integer"`
// A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source
// objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the
// replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter
// that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using
// a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).
SourceSelectionCriteria *SourceSelectionCriteria `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the rule is enabled.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationRuleStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRule"}
if s.Destination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if s.Destination != nil {
if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.ExistingObjectReplication != nil {
if err := s.ExistingObjectReplication.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ExistingObjectReplication", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Filter != nil {
if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.SourceSelectionCriteria != nil {
if err := s.SourceSelectionCriteria.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("SourceSelectionCriteria", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDeleteMarkerReplication sets the DeleteMarkerReplication field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDeleteMarkerReplication(v *DeleteMarkerReplication) *ReplicationRule {
s.DeleteMarkerReplication = v
return s
}
// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule {
s.Destination = v
return s
}
// SetExistingObjectReplication sets the ExistingObjectReplication field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetExistingObjectReplication(v *ExistingObjectReplication) *ReplicationRule {
s.ExistingObjectReplication = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetFilter(v *ReplicationRuleFilter) *ReplicationRule {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetID(v string) *ReplicationRule {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRule {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetPriority(v int64) *ReplicationRule {
s.Priority = &v
return s
}
// SetSourceSelectionCriteria sets the SourceSelectionCriteria field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetSourceSelectionCriteria(v *SourceSelectionCriteria) *ReplicationRule {
s.SourceSelectionCriteria = v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset
// of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you
// specify more than one filter.
//
// For example:
//
// * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in
// an And tag.
//
// * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements
// in an And tag
type ReplicationRuleAndOperator struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which
// the rule applies.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// An array of tags containing key and value pairs.
Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleAndOperator) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleAndOperator"}
if s.Tags != nil {
for i, v := range s.Tags {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ReplicationRuleAndOperator {
s.Tags = v
return s
}
// A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule
// applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element.
type ReplicationRuleFilter struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset
// of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you
// specify more than one filter. For example:
//
// * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in
// an And tag.
//
// * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements
// in an And tag.
And *ReplicationRuleAndOperator `type:"structure"`
// An object key name prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which
// the rule applies.
Prefix *string `type:"string"`
// A container for specifying a tag key and value.
//
// The rule applies only to objects that have the tag in their tag set.
Tag *Tag `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationRuleFilter) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationRuleFilter"}
if s.And != nil {
if err := s.And.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("And", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.Tag != nil {
if err := s.Tag.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Tag", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAnd sets the And field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetAnd(v *ReplicationRuleAndOperator) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
s.And = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetTag sets the Tag field's value.
func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *ReplicationRuleFilter {
s.Tag = v
return s
}
// A container specifying S3 Replication Time Control (S3 RTC) related information,
// including whether S3 RTC is enabled and the time when all objects and operations
// on objects must be replicated. Must be specified together with a Metrics
// block.
type ReplicationTime struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether the replication time is enabled.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationTimeStatus"`
// A container specifying the time by which replication should be complete for
// all objects and operations on objects.
//
// Time is a required field
Time *ReplicationTimeValue `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationTime) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationTime) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ReplicationTime) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReplicationTime"}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if s.Time == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Time"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *ReplicationTime) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationTime {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTime sets the Time field's value.
func (s *ReplicationTime) SetTime(v *ReplicationTimeValue) *ReplicationTime {
s.Time = v
return s
}
// A container specifying the time value for S3 Replication Time Control (S3
// RTC) and replication metrics EventThreshold.
type ReplicationTimeValue struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Contains an integer specifying time in minutes.
//
// Valid values: 15 minutes.
Minutes *int64 `type:"integer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationTimeValue) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ReplicationTimeValue) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMinutes sets the Minutes field's value.
func (s *ReplicationTimeValue) SetMinutes(v int64) *ReplicationTimeValue {
s.Minutes = &v
return s
}
// Container for Payer.
type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies who pays for the download and request fees.
//
// Payer is a required field
Payer *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Payer"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RequestPaymentConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RequestPaymentConfiguration"}
if s.Payer == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Payer"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetPayer sets the Payer field's value.
func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfiguration {
s.Payer = &v
return s
}
// Container for specifying if periodic QueryProgress messages should be sent.
type RequestProgress struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether periodic QueryProgress frames should be sent. Valid values:
// TRUE, FALSE. Default value: FALSE.
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RequestProgress) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RequestProgress) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
func (s *RequestProgress) SetEnabled(v bool) *RequestProgress {
s.Enabled = &v
return s
}
type RestoreObjectInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"RestoreObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"`
// The bucket name or containing the object to restore.
//
// When using this API with an access point, you must direct requests to the
// access point hostname. The access point hostname takes the form AccessPointName-AccountId.s3-accesspoint.Region.amazonaws.com.
// When using this operation using an access point through the AWS SDKs, you
// provide the access point ARN in place of the bucket name. For more information
// about access point ARNs, see Using Access Points (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-access-points.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Object key for which the operation was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Container for restore job parameters.
RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object.
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreObjectInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.RestoreRequest != nil {
if err := s.RestoreRequest.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("RestoreRequest", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetBucket(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetKey(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetRestoreRequest sets the RestoreRequest field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetRestoreRequest(v *RestoreRequest) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.RestoreRequest = v
return s
}
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *RestoreObjectInput {
s.VersionId = &v
return s
}
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *RestoreObjectInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type RestoreObjectOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// Indicates the path in the provided S3 output location where Select results
// will be restored to.
RestoreOutputPath *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore-output-path" type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreObjectOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetRestoreOutputPath sets the RestoreOutputPath field's value.
func (s *RestoreObjectOutput) SetRestoreOutputPath(v string) *RestoreObjectOutput {
s.RestoreOutputPath = &v
return s
}
// Container for restore job parameters.
type RestoreRequest struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Lifetime of the active copy in days. Do not use with restores that specify
// OutputLocation.
Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The optional description for the job.
Description *string `type:"string"`
// S3 Glacier related parameters pertaining to this job. Do not use with restores
// that specify OutputLocation.
GlacierJobParameters *GlacierJobParameters `type:"structure"`
// Describes the location where the restore job's output is stored.
OutputLocation *OutputLocation `type:"structure"`
// Describes the parameters for Select job types.
SelectParameters *SelectParameters `type:"structure"`
// S3 Glacier retrieval tier at which the restore will be processed.
Tier *string `type:"string" enum:"Tier"`
// Type of restore request.
Type *string `type:"string" enum:"RestoreRequestType"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RestoreRequest) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RestoreRequest) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RestoreRequest) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RestoreRequest"}
if s.GlacierJobParameters != nil {
if err := s.GlacierJobParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("GlacierJobParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.OutputLocation != nil {
if err := s.OutputLocation.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("OutputLocation", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.SelectParameters != nil {
if err := s.SelectParameters.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("SelectParameters", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDays(v int64) *RestoreRequest {
s.Days = &v
return s
}
// SetDescription sets the Description field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetDescription(v string) *RestoreRequest {
s.Description = &v
return s
}
// SetGlacierJobParameters sets the GlacierJobParameters field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetGlacierJobParameters(v *GlacierJobParameters) *RestoreRequest {
s.GlacierJobParameters = v
return s
}
// SetOutputLocation sets the OutputLocation field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetOutputLocation(v *OutputLocation) *RestoreRequest {
s.OutputLocation = v
return s
}
// SetSelectParameters sets the SelectParameters field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetSelectParameters(v *SelectParameters) *RestoreRequest {
s.SelectParameters = v
return s
}
// SetTier sets the Tier field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetTier(v string) *RestoreRequest {
s.Tier = &v
return s
}
// SetType sets the Type field's value.
func (s *RestoreRequest) SetType(v string) *RestoreRequest {
s.Type = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the redirect behavior and when a redirect is applied.
type RoutingRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified
// redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder,
// redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx,
// redirect request to another host where you might process the error.
Condition *Condition `type:"structure"`
// Container for redirect information. You can redirect requests to another
// host, to another page, or with another protocol. In the event of an error,
// you can specify a different error code to return.
//
// Redirect is a required field
Redirect *Redirect `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s RoutingRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s RoutingRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *RoutingRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RoutingRule"}
if s.Redirect == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Redirect"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetCondition sets the Condition field's value.
func (s *RoutingRule) SetCondition(v *Condition) *RoutingRule {
s.Condition = v
return s
}
// SetRedirect sets the Redirect field's value.
func (s *RoutingRule) SetRedirect(v *Redirect) *RoutingRule {
s.Redirect = v
return s
}
// Specifies lifecycle rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information,
// see Put Bucket Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTlifecycle.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. For examples, see Put
// Bucket Lifecycle Configuration Examples (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration.html#API_PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration_Examples)
type Rule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the days since the initiation of an incomplete multipart upload
// that Amazon S3 will wait before permanently removing all parts of the upload.
// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket
// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object.
Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"`
// Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters.
ID *string `type:"string"`
// Specifies when noncurrent object versions expire. Upon expiration, Amazon
// S3 permanently deletes the noncurrent object versions. You set this lifecycle
// configuration action on a bucket that has versioning enabled (or suspended)
// to request that Amazon S3 delete noncurrent object versions at a specific
// period in the object's lifetime.
NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"`
// Container for the transition rule that describes when noncurrent objects
// transition to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING, GLACIER,
// or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. If your bucket is versioning-enabled (or versioning
// is suspended), you can set this action to request that Amazon S3 transition
// noncurrent object versions to the STANDARD_IA, ONEZONE_IA, INTELLIGENT_TIERING,
// GLACIER, or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class at a specific period in the object's
// lifetime.
NoncurrentVersionTransition *NoncurrentVersionTransition `type:"structure"`
// Object key prefix that identifies one or more objects to which this rule
// applies.
//
// Prefix is a required field
Prefix *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// If Enabled, the rule is currently being applied. If Disabled, the rule is
// not currently being applied.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"`
// Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more
// information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning
// Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Transition *Transition `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Rule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Rule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Rule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Rule"}
if s.Prefix == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Prefix"))
}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload sets the AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetAbortIncompleteMultipartUpload(v *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) *Rule {
s.AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload = v
return s
}
// SetExpiration sets the Expiration field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetExpiration(v *LifecycleExpiration) *Rule {
s.Expiration = v
return s
}
// SetID sets the ID field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetID(v string) *Rule {
s.ID = &v
return s
}
// SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration sets the NoncurrentVersionExpiration field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionExpiration(v *NoncurrentVersionExpiration) *Rule {
s.NoncurrentVersionExpiration = v
return s
}
// SetNoncurrentVersionTransition sets the NoncurrentVersionTransition field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetNoncurrentVersionTransition(v *NoncurrentVersionTransition) *Rule {
s.NoncurrentVersionTransition = v
return s
}
// SetPrefix sets the Prefix field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetPrefix(v string) *Rule {
s.Prefix = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetStatus(v string) *Rule {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// SetTransition sets the Transition field's value.
func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule {
s.Transition = v
return s
}
// Specifies the use of SSE-KMS to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
type SSEKMS struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"`
// Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) symmetric customer
// managed customer master key (CMK) to use for encrypting inventory reports.
//
// KeyId is a required field
KeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SSEKMS) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SSEKMS) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SSEKMS) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SSEKMS"}
if s.KeyId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("KeyId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKeyId sets the KeyId field's value.
func (s *SSEKMS) SetKeyId(v string) *SSEKMS {
s.KeyId = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the use of SSE-S3 to encrypt delivered inventory reports.
type SSES3 struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-S3" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SSES3) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SSES3) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record
// is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter
// is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section
// 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.
type ScanRange struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the end of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values:
// non-negative integers. The default value is one less than the size of the
// object being queried. If only the End parameter is supplied, it is interpreted
// to mean scan the last N bytes of the file. For example, 50
// means scan the last 50 bytes.
End *int64 `type:"long"`
// Specifies the start of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid
// values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. If only start is supplied,
// it means scan from that point to the end of the file.For example; 50
// means scan from byte 50 until the end of the file.
Start *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ScanRange) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ScanRange) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEnd sets the End field's value.
func (s *ScanRange) SetEnd(v int64) *ScanRange {
s.End = &v
return s
}
// SetStart sets the Start field's value.
func (s *ScanRange) SetStart(v int64) *ScanRange {
s.Start = &v
return s
}
// SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent groups together all EventStream
// events writes for SelectObjectContentEventStream.
//
// These events are:
//
// * ContinuationEvent
// * EndEvent
// * ProgressEvent
// * RecordsEvent
// * StatsEvent
type SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent interface {
eventSelectObjectContentEventStream()
eventstreamapi.Marshaler
eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler
}
// SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader provides the interface for reading to the stream. The
// default implementation for this interface will be SelectObjectContentEventStreamData.
//
// The reader's Close method must allow multiple concurrent calls.
//
// These events are:
//
// * ContinuationEvent
// * EndEvent
// * ProgressEvent
// * RecordsEvent
// * StatsEvent
// * SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent
type SelectObjectContentEventStreamReader interface {
// Returns a channel of events as they are read from the event stream.
Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent
// Close will stop the reader reading events from the stream.
Close() error
// Returns any error that has occurred while reading from the event stream.
Err() error
}
type readSelectObjectContentEventStream struct {
eventReader *eventstreamapi.EventReader
stream chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent
err *eventstreamapi.OnceError
done chan struct{}
closeOnce sync.Once
}
func newReadSelectObjectContentEventStream(eventReader *eventstreamapi.EventReader) *readSelectObjectContentEventStream {
r := &readSelectObjectContentEventStream{
eventReader: eventReader,
stream: make(chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent),
done: make(chan struct{}),
err: eventstreamapi.NewOnceError(),
}
go r.readEventStream()
return r
}
// Close will close the underlying event stream reader.
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Close() error {
r.closeOnce.Do(r.safeClose)
return r.Err()
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) ErrorSet() <-chan struct{} {
return r.err.ErrorSet()
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Closed() <-chan struct{} {
return r.done
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) safeClose() {
close(r.done)
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Err() error {
return r.err.Err()
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) Events() <-chan SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent {
return r.stream
}
func (r *readSelectObjectContentEventStream) readEventStream() {
defer r.Close()
defer close(r.stream)
for {
event, err := r.eventReader.ReadEvent()
if err != nil {
if err == io.EOF {
return
}
select {
case <-r.done:
// If closed already ignore the error
return
default:
}
if _, ok := err.(*eventstreamapi.UnknownMessageTypeError); ok {
continue
}
r.err.SetError(err)
return
}
select {
case r.stream <- event.(SelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent):
case <-r.done:
return
}
}
}
type unmarshalerForSelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent struct {
metadata protocol.ResponseMetadata
}
func (u unmarshalerForSelectObjectContentEventStreamEvent) UnmarshalerForEventName(eventType string) (eventstreamapi.Unmarshaler, error) {
switch eventType {
case "Cont":
return &ContinuationEvent{}, nil
case "End":
return &EndEvent{}, nil
case "Progress":
return &ProgressEvent{}, nil
case "Records":
return &RecordsEvent{}, nil
case "Stats":
return &StatsEvent{}, nil
default:
return &SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent{Type: eventType}, nil
}
}
// SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent provides a failsafe event for the
// SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events when an unknown event is received.
type SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent struct {
Type string
Message eventstream.Message
}
// The SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream
// group of events.
func (s *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (e *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (
msg eventstream.Message, err error,
) {
return e.Message.Clone(), nil
}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the SelectObjectContentEventStreamData value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (e *SelectObjectContentEventStreamUnknownEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
e.Message = msg.Clone()
return nil
}
// Request to filter the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple Structured
// Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the SQL expression,
// you must specify a data serialization format (JSON or CSV) of the object.
// Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records. It returns only records
// that match the specified SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization
// format for the response. For more information, see S3Select API Documentation
// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectSELECTContent.html).
type SelectObjectContentInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"SelectObjectContentRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"`
// The S3 bucket.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The expression that is used to query the object.
//
// Expression is a required field
Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
//
// ExpressionType is a required field
ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"`
// Describes the format of the data in the object that is being queried.
//
// InputSerialization is a required field
InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Describes the format of the data that you want Amazon S3 to return in response.
//
// OutputSerialization is a required field
OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Specifies if periodic request progress information should be enabled.
RequestProgress *RequestProgress `type:"structure"`
// The SSE Algorithm used to encrypt the object. For more information, see Server-Side
// Encryption (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// The SSE Customer Key. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption (Using
// Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The SSE Customer Key MD5. For more information, see Server-Side Encryption
// (Using Customer-Provided Encryption Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html).
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Specifies the byte range of the object to get the records from. A record
// is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter
// is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section
// 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range.
//
// ScanRangemay be used in the following ways:
//
// * 50100 - process only
// the records starting between the bytes 50 and 100 (inclusive, counting
// from zero)
//
// * 50 - process only the records
// starting after the byte 50
//
// * 50 - process only the records within
// the last 50 bytes of the file.
ScanRange *ScanRange `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectObjectContentInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Expression == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression"))
}
if s.ExpressionType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType"))
}
if s.InputSerialization == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization"))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.OutputSerialization == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetBucket(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpression(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.Expression = &v
return s
}
// SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.ExpressionType = &v
return s
}
// SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.InputSerialization = v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.OutputSerialization = v
return s
}
// SetRequestProgress sets the RequestProgress field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetRequestProgress(v *RequestProgress) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.RequestProgress = v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetScanRange sets the ScanRange field's value.
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) SetScanRange(v *ScanRange) *SelectObjectContentInput {
s.ScanRange = v
return s
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type SelectObjectContentOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Payload"`
EventStream *SelectObjectContentEventStream
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SelectObjectContentOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) SetEventStream(v *SelectObjectContentEventStream) *SelectObjectContentOutput {
s.EventStream = v
return s
}
func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) GetEventStream() *SelectObjectContentEventStream {
return s.EventStream
}
// GetStream returns the type to interact with the event stream.
func (s *SelectObjectContentOutput) GetStream() *SelectObjectContentEventStream {
return s.EventStream
}
// Describes the parameters for Select job types.
type SelectParameters struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The expression that is used to query the object.
//
// Expression is a required field
Expression *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
// The type of the provided expression (for example, SQL).
//
// ExpressionType is a required field
ExpressionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpressionType"`
// Describes the serialization format of the object.
//
// InputSerialization is a required field
InputSerialization *InputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// Describes how the results of the Select job are serialized.
//
// OutputSerialization is a required field
OutputSerialization *OutputSerialization `type:"structure" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SelectParameters) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SelectParameters) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SelectParameters) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SelectParameters"}
if s.Expression == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Expression"))
}
if s.ExpressionType == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ExpressionType"))
}
if s.InputSerialization == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSerialization"))
}
if s.OutputSerialization == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSerialization"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetExpression sets the Expression field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpression(v string) *SelectParameters {
s.Expression = &v
return s
}
// SetExpressionType sets the ExpressionType field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetExpressionType(v string) *SelectParameters {
s.ExpressionType = &v
return s
}
// SetInputSerialization sets the InputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetInputSerialization(v *InputSerialization) *SelectParameters {
s.InputSerialization = v
return s
}
// SetOutputSerialization sets the OutputSerialization field's value.
func (s *SelectParameters) SetOutputSerialization(v *OutputSerialization) *SelectParameters {
s.OutputSerialization = v
return s
}
// Describes the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the
// bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption,
// this default encryption will be applied. For more information, see PUT Bucket
// encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTencryption.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type ServerSideEncryptionByDefault struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer master key ID to use for the default
// encryption. This parameter is allowed if and only if SSEAlgorithm is set
// to aws:kms.
//
// You can specify the key ID or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK.
// However, if you are using encryption with cross-account operations, you must
// use a fully qualified CMK ARN. For more information, see Using encryption
// for cross-account operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html#bucket-encryption-update-bucket-policy).
//
// For example:
//
// * Key ID: 1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
//
// * Key ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab
//
// Amazon S3 only supports symmetric CMKs and not asymmetric CMKs. For more
// information, see Using Symmetric and Asymmetric Keys (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/symmetric-asymmetric.html)
// in the AWS Key Management Service Developer Guide.
KMSMasterKeyID *string `type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Server-side encryption algorithm to use for the default encryption.
//
// SSEAlgorithm is a required field
SSEAlgorithm *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionByDefault"}
if s.SSEAlgorithm == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SSEAlgorithm"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKMSMasterKeyID sets the KMSMasterKeyID field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetKMSMasterKeyID(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault {
s.KMSMasterKeyID = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEAlgorithm sets the SSEAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) SetSSEAlgorithm(v string) *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault {
s.SSEAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// Specifies the default server-side-encryption configuration.
type ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for information about a particular server-side encryption configuration
// rule.
//
// Rules is a required field
Rules []*ServerSideEncryptionRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"}
if s.Rules == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
}
if s.Rules != nil {
for i, v := range s.Rules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ServerSideEncryptionRule) *ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration {
s.Rules = v
return s
}
// Specifies the default server-side encryption configuration.
type ServerSideEncryptionRule struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies the default server-side encryption to apply to new objects in the
// bucket. If a PUT Object request doesn't specify any server-side encryption,
// this default encryption will be applied.
ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s ServerSideEncryptionRule) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ServerSideEncryptionRule"}
if s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault != nil {
if err := s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault sets the ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault field's value.
func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault(v *ServerSideEncryptionByDefault) *ServerSideEncryptionRule {
s.ApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault = v
return s
}
// A container that describes additional filters for identifying the source
// objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the
// replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter
// that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using
// a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS).
type SourceSelectionCriteria struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A container for filter information for the selection of Amazon S3 objects
// encrypted with AWS KMS. If you include SourceSelectionCriteria in the replication
// configuration, this element is required.
SseKmsEncryptedObjects *SseKmsEncryptedObjects `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SourceSelectionCriteria) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SourceSelectionCriteria"}
if s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects != nil {
if err := s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("SseKmsEncryptedObjects", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects sets the SseKmsEncryptedObjects field's value.
func (s *SourceSelectionCriteria) SetSseKmsEncryptedObjects(v *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) *SourceSelectionCriteria {
s.SseKmsEncryptedObjects = v
return s
}
// A container for filter information for the selection of S3 objects encrypted
// with AWS KMS.
type SseKmsEncryptedObjects struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption
// using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service.
//
// Status is a required field
Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s SseKmsEncryptedObjects) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "SseKmsEncryptedObjects"}
if s.Status == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus(v string) *SseKmsEncryptedObjects {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Container for the stats details.
type Stats struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The total number of uncompressed object bytes processed.
BytesProcessed *int64 `type:"long"`
// The total number of bytes of records payload data returned.
BytesReturned *int64 `type:"long"`
// The total number of object bytes scanned.
BytesScanned *int64 `type:"long"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Stats) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Stats) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetBytesProcessed sets the BytesProcessed field's value.
func (s *Stats) SetBytesProcessed(v int64) *Stats {
s.BytesProcessed = &v
return s
}
// SetBytesReturned sets the BytesReturned field's value.
func (s *Stats) SetBytesReturned(v int64) *Stats {
s.BytesReturned = &v
return s
}
// SetBytesScanned sets the BytesScanned field's value.
func (s *Stats) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Stats {
s.BytesScanned = &v
return s
}
// Container for the Stats Event.
type StatsEvent struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"StatsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"`
// The Stats event details.
Details *Stats `locationName:"Details" type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StatsEvent) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StatsEvent) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDetails sets the Details field's value.
func (s *StatsEvent) SetDetails(v *Stats) *StatsEvent {
s.Details = v
return s
}
// The StatsEvent is and event in the SelectObjectContentEventStream group of events.
func (s *StatsEvent) eventSelectObjectContentEventStream() {}
// UnmarshalEvent unmarshals the EventStream Message into the StatsEvent value.
// This method is only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *StatsEvent) UnmarshalEvent(
payloadUnmarshaler protocol.PayloadUnmarshaler,
msg eventstream.Message,
) error {
if err := payloadUnmarshaler.UnmarshalPayload(
bytes.NewReader(msg.Payload), s,
); err != nil {
return err
}
return nil
}
// MarshalEvent marshals the type into an stream event value. This method
// should only used internally within the SDK's EventStream handling.
func (s *StatsEvent) MarshalEvent(pm protocol.PayloadMarshaler) (msg eventstream.Message, err error) {
msg.Headers.Set(eventstreamapi.MessageTypeHeader, eventstream.StringValue(eventstreamapi.EventMessageType))
var buf bytes.Buffer
if err = pm.MarshalPayload(&buf, s); err != nil {
return eventstream.Message{}, err
}
msg.Payload = buf.Bytes()
return msg, err
}
// Specifies data related to access patterns to be collected and made available
// to analyze the tradeoffs between different storage classes for an Amazon
// S3 bucket.
type StorageClassAnalysis struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies how data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3
// bucket should be exported.
DataExport *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport `type:"structure"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysis) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysis) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysis"}
if s.DataExport != nil {
if err := s.DataExport.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("DataExport", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDataExport sets the DataExport field's value.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) *StorageClassAnalysis {
s.DataExport = v
return s
}
// Container for data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3
// bucket for export.
type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The place to store the data for an analysis.
//
// Destination is a required field
Destination *AnalyticsExportDestination `type:"structure" required:"true"`
// The version of the output schema to use when exporting data. Must be V_1.
//
// OutputSchemaVersion is a required field
OutputSchemaVersion *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StorageClassAnalysisDataExport"}
if s.Destination == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination"))
}
if s.OutputSchemaVersion == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSchemaVersion"))
}
if s.Destination != nil {
if err := s.Destination.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetDestination(v *AnalyticsExportDestination) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport {
s.Destination = v
return s
}
// SetOutputSchemaVersion sets the OutputSchemaVersion field's value.
func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport {
s.OutputSchemaVersion = &v
return s
}
// A container of a key value name pair.
type Tag struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Name of the object key.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Value of the tag.
//
// Value is a required field
Value *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Tag) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Tag) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tag"}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.Value == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Value"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
s.Value = &v
return s
}
// Container for TagSet elements.
type Tagging struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// A collection for a set of tags
//
// TagSet is a required field
TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Tagging) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Tagging) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *Tagging) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Tagging"}
if s.TagSet == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagSet"))
}
if s.TagSet != nil {
for i, v := range s.TagSet {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "TagSet", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetTagSet sets the TagSet field's value.
func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging {
s.TagSet = v
return s
}
// Container for granting information.
type TargetGrant struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Container for the person being granted permissions.
Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"`
// Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket.
Permission *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLogsPermission"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TargetGrant) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TargetGrant) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TargetGrant) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TargetGrant"}
if s.Grantee != nil {
if err := s.Grantee.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("Grantee", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetGrantee sets the Grantee field's value.
func (s *TargetGrant) SetGrantee(v *Grantee) *TargetGrant {
s.Grantee = v
return s
}
// SetPermission sets the Permission field's value.
func (s *TargetGrant) SetPermission(v string) *TargetGrant {
s.Permission = &v
return s
}
// A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages
// to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3
// detects specified events.
type TopicConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The Amazon S3 bucket event about which to send notifications. For more information,
// see Supported Event Types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
//
// Events is a required field
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"`
// Specifies object key name filtering rules. For information about key name
// filtering, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
Filter *NotificationConfigurationFilter `type:"structure"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3
// publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type.
//
// TopicArn is a required field
TopicArn *string `locationName:"Topic" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TopicConfiguration"}
if s.Events == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Events"))
}
if s.TopicArn == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TopicArn"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfiguration {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetFilter sets the Filter field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetFilter(v *NotificationConfigurationFilter) *TopicConfiguration {
s.Filter = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetId(v string) *TopicConfiguration {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetTopicArn sets the TopicArn field's value.
func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration {
s.TopicArn = &v
return s
}
// A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages
// to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3
// detects specified events. This data type is deprecated. Use TopicConfiguration
// instead.
type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Bucket event for which to send notifications.
//
// Deprecated: Event has been deprecated
Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"`
// A collection of events related to objects
Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"`
// An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration.
// If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID.
Id *string `type:"string"`
// Amazon SNS topic to which Amazon S3 will publish a message to report the
// specified events for the bucket.
Topic *string `type:"string"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s TopicConfigurationDeprecated) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetEvent sets the Event field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvent(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Event = &v
return s
}
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetEvents(v []*string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Events = v
return s
}
// SetId sets the Id field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetId(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Id = &v
return s
}
// SetTopic sets the Topic field's value.
func (s *TopicConfigurationDeprecated) SetTopic(v string) *TopicConfigurationDeprecated {
s.Topic = &v
return s
}
// Specifies when an object transitions to a specified storage class. For more
// information about Amazon S3 lifecycle configuration rules, see Transitioning
// Objects Using Amazon S3 Lifecycle (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-transition-general-considerations.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide.
type Transition struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Indicates when objects are transitioned to the specified storage class. The
// date value must be in ISO 8601 format. The time is always midnight UTC.
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"`
// Indicates the number of days after creation when objects are transitioned
// to the specified storage class. The value must be a positive integer.
Days *int64 `type:"integer"`
// The storage class to which you want the object to transition.
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"TransitionStorageClass"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s Transition) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s Transition) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
func (s *Transition) SetDate(v time.Time) *Transition {
s.Date = &v
return s
}
// SetDays sets the Days field's value.
func (s *Transition) SetDays(v int64) *Transition {
s.Days = &v
return s
}
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition {
s.StorageClass = &v
return s
}
type UploadPartCopyInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"UploadPartCopyRequest" type:"structure"`
// The bucket name.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// The name of the source bucket and key name of the source object, separated
// by a slash (/). Must be URL-encoded.
//
// CopySource is a required field
CopySource *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) matches the specified tag.
CopySourceIfMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-match" type:"string"`
// Copies the object if it has been modified since the specified time.
CopySourceIfModifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since" type:"timestamp"`
// Copies the object if its entity tag (ETag) is different than the specified
// ETag.
CopySourceIfNoneMatch *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match" type:"string"`
// Copies the object if it hasn't been modified since the specified time.
CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since" type:"timestamp"`
// The range of bytes to copy from the source object. The range value must use
// the form bytes=first-last, where the first and last are the zero-based byte
// offsets to copy. For example, bytes=0-9 indicates that you want to copy the
// first 10 bytes of the source. You can copy a range only if the source object
// is greater than 5 MB.
CopySourceRange *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-range" type:"string"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use when decrypting the source object (for example,
// AES256).
CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use to decrypt
// the source object. The encryption key provided in this header must be one
// that was used when the source object was created.
CopySourceSSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Part number of part being copied. This is a positive integer between 1 and
// 10,000.
//
// PartNumber is a required field
PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
// upload request.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being copied.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartCopyInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.CopySource == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CopySource"))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.PartNumber == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber"))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetCopySource sets the CopySource field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySource(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySource = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfMatch sets the CopySourceIfMatch field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceIfMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfModifiedSince field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfModifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceIfModifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch sets the CopySourceIfNoneMatch field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfNoneMatch(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceIfNoneMatch = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince sets the CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince(v time.Time) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceIfUnmodifiedSince = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceRange sets the CopySourceRange field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceRange(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceRange = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getCopySourceSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.CopySourceSSECustomerKey
}
// SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetCopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type UploadPartCopyOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"`
// Container for all response elements.
CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"`
// The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning
// on the source bucket.
CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) that was used for the
// object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartCopyOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetCopyPartResult sets the CopyPartResult field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopyPartResult(v *CopyPartResult) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.CopyPartResult = v
return s
}
// SetCopySourceVersionId sets the CopySourceVersionId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetCopySourceVersionId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.CopySourceVersionId = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *UploadPartCopyOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartCopyOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
type UploadPartInput struct {
_ struct{} `locationName:"UploadPartRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"`
// Object data.
Body io.ReadSeeker `type:"blob"`
// Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Bucket is a required field
Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the
// body cannot be determined automatically.
ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"`
// The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is
// auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameter is required
// if object lock parameters are specified.
ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"`
// Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated.
//
// Key is a required field
Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"`
// Part number of part being uploaded. This is a positive integer between 1
// and 10,000.
//
// PartNumber is a required field
PartNumber *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"partNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"`
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"`
// Specifies the algorithm to use to when encrypting the object (for example,
// AES256).
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// Specifies the customer-provided encryption key for Amazon S3 to use in encrypting
// data. This value is used to store the object and then it is discarded; Amazon
// S3 does not store the encryption key. The key must be appropriate for use
// with the algorithm specified in the x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm
// header. This must be the same encryption key specified in the initiate multipart
// upload request.
SSECustomerKey *string `marshal-as:"blob" location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// Specifies the 128-bit MD5 digest of the encryption key according to RFC 1321.
// Amazon S3 uses this header for a message integrity check to ensure that the
// encryption key was transmitted without error.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose part is being uploaded.
//
// UploadId is a required field
UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartInput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartInput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *UploadPartInput) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UploadPartInput"}
if s.Bucket == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Bucket"))
}
if s.Bucket != nil && len(*s.Bucket) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Bucket", 1))
}
if s.Key == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Key"))
}
if s.Key != nil && len(*s.Key) < 1 {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Key", 1))
}
if s.PartNumber == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PartNumber"))
}
if s.UploadId == nil {
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("UploadId"))
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetBody sets the Body field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBody(v io.ReadSeeker) *UploadPartInput {
s.Body = v
return s
}
// SetBucket sets the Bucket field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetBucket(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.Bucket = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartInput) getBucket() (v string) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return v
}
return *s.Bucket
}
// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentLength(v int64) *UploadPartInput {
s.ContentLength = &v
return s
}
// SetContentMD5 sets the ContentMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetContentMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.ContentMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetKey(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.Key = &v
return s
}
// SetPartNumber sets the PartNumber field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetPartNumber(v int64) *UploadPartInput {
s.PartNumber = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestPayer sets the RequestPayer field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.RequestPayer = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKey sets the SSECustomerKey field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKey(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.SSECustomerKey = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartInput) getSSECustomerKey() (v string) {
if s.SSECustomerKey == nil {
return v
}
return *s.SSECustomerKey
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetUploadId sets the UploadId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartInput {
s.UploadId = &v
return s
}
func (s *UploadPartInput) getEndpointARN() (arn.Resource, error) {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return nil, fmt.Errorf("member Bucket is nil")
}
return parseEndpointARN(*s.Bucket)
}
func (s *UploadPartInput) hasEndpointARN() bool {
if s.Bucket == nil {
return false
}
return arn.IsARN(*s.Bucket)
}
type UploadPartOutput struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Entity tag for the uploaded object.
ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"`
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header confirming the encryption algorithm
// used.
SSECustomerAlgorithm *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-algorithm" type:"string"`
// If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested,
// the response will include this header to provide round-trip message integrity
// verification of the customer-provided encryption key.
SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"`
// If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)
// symmetric customer managed customer master key (CMK) was used for the object.
SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"`
// The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in Amazon
// S3 (for example, AES256, aws:kms).
ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartOutput) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s UploadPartOutput) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetETag sets the ETag field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetETag(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.ETag = &v
return s
}
// SetRequestCharged sets the RequestCharged field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.RequestCharged = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerAlgorithm sets the SSECustomerAlgorithm field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerAlgorithm(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.SSECustomerAlgorithm = &v
return s
}
// SetSSECustomerKeyMD5 sets the SSECustomerKeyMD5 field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSECustomerKeyMD5(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.SSECustomerKeyMD5 = &v
return s
}
// SetSSEKMSKeyId sets the SSEKMSKeyId field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetSSEKMSKeyId(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.SSEKMSKeyId = &v
return s
}
// SetServerSideEncryption sets the ServerSideEncryption field's value.
func (s *UploadPartOutput) SetServerSideEncryption(v string) *UploadPartOutput {
s.ServerSideEncryption = &v
return s
}
// Describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information,
// see PUT Bucket versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTVersioningStatus.html)
// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference.
type VersioningConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// Specifies whether MFA delete is enabled in the bucket versioning configuration.
// This element is only returned if the bucket has been configured with MFA
// delete. If the bucket has never been so configured, this element is not returned.
MFADelete *string `locationName:"MfaDelete" type:"string" enum:"MFADelete"`
// The versioning state of the bucket.
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketVersioningStatus"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s VersioningConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s VersioningConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// SetMFADelete sets the MFADelete field's value.
func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetMFADelete(v string) *VersioningConfiguration {
s.MFADelete = &v
return s
}
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
func (s *VersioningConfiguration) SetStatus(v string) *VersioningConfiguration {
s.Status = &v
return s
}
// Specifies website configuration parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket.
type WebsiteConfiguration struct {
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
// The name of the error document for the website.
ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"`
// The name of the index document for the website.
IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"`
// The redirect behavior for every request to this bucket's website endpoint.
//
// If you specify this property, you can't specify any other property.
RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"`
// Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior.
RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"`
}
// String returns the string representation
func (s WebsiteConfiguration) String() string {
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
}
// GoString returns the string representation
func (s WebsiteConfiguration) GoString() string {
return s.String()
}
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) Validate() error {
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "WebsiteConfiguration"}
if s.ErrorDocument != nil {
if err := s.ErrorDocument.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("ErrorDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.IndexDocument != nil {
if err := s.IndexDocument.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("IndexDocument", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.RedirectAllRequestsTo != nil {
if err := s.RedirectAllRequestsTo.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested("RedirectAllRequestsTo", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
if s.RoutingRules != nil {
for i, v := range s.RoutingRules {
if v == nil {
continue
}
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "RoutingRules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
}
}
}
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
return invalidParams
}
return nil
}
// SetErrorDocument sets the ErrorDocument field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetErrorDocument(v *ErrorDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration {
s.ErrorDocument = v
return s
}
// SetIndexDocument sets the IndexDocument field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetIndexDocument(v *IndexDocument) *WebsiteConfiguration {
s.IndexDocument = v
return s
}
// SetRedirectAllRequestsTo sets the RedirectAllRequestsTo field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRedirectAllRequestsTo(v *RedirectAllRequestsTo) *WebsiteConfiguration {
s.RedirectAllRequestsTo = v
return s
}
// SetRoutingRules sets the RoutingRules field's value.
func (s *WebsiteConfiguration) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *WebsiteConfiguration {
s.RoutingRules = v
return s
}
const (
// AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv is a AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum value
AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv = "CSV"
)
// AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat_Values returns all elements of the AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat enum
func AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormat_Values() []string {
return []string{
AnalyticsS3ExportFileFormatCsv,
}
}
const (
// BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended is a BucketAccelerateStatus enum value
BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
)
// BucketAccelerateStatus_Values returns all elements of the BucketAccelerateStatus enum
func BucketAccelerateStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketAccelerateStatusEnabled,
BucketAccelerateStatusSuspended,
}
}
const (
// BucketCannedACLPrivate is a BucketCannedACL enum value
BucketCannedACLPrivate = "private"
// BucketCannedACLPublicRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
BucketCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"
// BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a BucketCannedACL enum value
BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"
// BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a BucketCannedACL enum value
BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"
)
// BucketCannedACL_Values returns all elements of the BucketCannedACL enum
func BucketCannedACL_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketCannedACLPrivate,
BucketCannedACLPublicRead,
BucketCannedACLPublicReadWrite,
BucketCannedACLAuthenticatedRead,
}
}
const (
// BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1 = "af-south-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApEast1 = "ap-east-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1 = "ap-northeast-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2 = "ap-northeast-2"
// BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3 = "ap-northeast-3"
// BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1 = "ap-south-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1 = "ap-southeast-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2 = "ap-southeast-2"
// BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1 = "ca-central-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1 = "cn-north-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1 = "cn-northwest-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEu is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEu = "EU"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1 = "eu-central-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1 = "eu-north-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1 = "eu-south-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1 = "eu-west-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2 = "eu-west-2"
// BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3 = "eu-west-3"
// BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1 = "me-south-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1 = "sa-east-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2 = "us-east-2"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1 = "us-gov-east-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1 = "us-gov-west-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1 = "us-west-1"
// BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 is a BucketLocationConstraint enum value
BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2 = "us-west-2"
)
// BucketLocationConstraint_Values returns all elements of the BucketLocationConstraint enum
func BucketLocationConstraint_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketLocationConstraintAfSouth1,
BucketLocationConstraintApEast1,
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast1,
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast2,
BucketLocationConstraintApNortheast3,
BucketLocationConstraintApSouth1,
BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast1,
BucketLocationConstraintApSoutheast2,
BucketLocationConstraintCaCentral1,
BucketLocationConstraintCnNorth1,
BucketLocationConstraintCnNorthwest1,
BucketLocationConstraintEu,
BucketLocationConstraintEuCentral1,
BucketLocationConstraintEuNorth1,
BucketLocationConstraintEuSouth1,
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest1,
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest2,
BucketLocationConstraintEuWest3,
BucketLocationConstraintMeSouth1,
BucketLocationConstraintSaEast1,
BucketLocationConstraintUsEast2,
BucketLocationConstraintUsGovEast1,
BucketLocationConstraintUsGovWest1,
BucketLocationConstraintUsWest1,
BucketLocationConstraintUsWest2,
}
}
const (
// BucketLogsPermissionFullControl is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
BucketLogsPermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"
// BucketLogsPermissionRead is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
BucketLogsPermissionRead = "READ"
// BucketLogsPermissionWrite is a BucketLogsPermission enum value
BucketLogsPermissionWrite = "WRITE"
)
// BucketLogsPermission_Values returns all elements of the BucketLogsPermission enum
func BucketLogsPermission_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketLogsPermissionFullControl,
BucketLogsPermissionRead,
BucketLogsPermissionWrite,
}
}
const (
// BucketVersioningStatusEnabled is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
BucketVersioningStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// BucketVersioningStatusSuspended is a BucketVersioningStatus enum value
BucketVersioningStatusSuspended = "Suspended"
)
// BucketVersioningStatus_Values returns all elements of the BucketVersioningStatus enum
func BucketVersioningStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
BucketVersioningStatusEnabled,
BucketVersioningStatusSuspended,
}
}
const (
// CompressionTypeNone is a CompressionType enum value
CompressionTypeNone = "NONE"
// CompressionTypeGzip is a CompressionType enum value
CompressionTypeGzip = "GZIP"
// CompressionTypeBzip2 is a CompressionType enum value
CompressionTypeBzip2 = "BZIP2"
)
// CompressionType_Values returns all elements of the CompressionType enum
func CompressionType_Values() []string {
return []string{
CompressionTypeNone,
CompressionTypeGzip,
CompressionTypeBzip2,
}
}
const (
// DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value
DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled is a DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum value
DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus enum
func DeleteMarkerReplicationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusEnabled,
DeleteMarkerReplicationStatusDisabled,
}
}
// Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies
// the encoding method to use. An object key may contain any Unicode character;
// however, XML 1.0 parser cannot parse some characters, such as characters
// with an ASCII value from 0 to 10. For characters that are not supported in
// XML 1.0, you can add this parameter to request that Amazon S3 encode the
// keys in the response.
const (
// EncodingTypeUrl is a EncodingType enum value
EncodingTypeUrl = "url"
)
// EncodingType_Values returns all elements of the EncodingType enum
func EncodingType_Values() []string {
return []string{
EncodingTypeUrl,
}
}
// The bucket event for which to send notifications.
const (
// EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject is a Event enum value
EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject = "s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject"
// EventS3ObjectCreated is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreated = "s3:ObjectCreated:*"
// EventS3ObjectCreatedPut is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreatedPut = "s3:ObjectCreated:Put"
// EventS3ObjectCreatedPost is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreatedPost = "s3:ObjectCreated:Post"
// EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy = "s3:ObjectCreated:Copy"
// EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload = "s3:ObjectCreated:CompleteMultipartUpload"
// EventS3ObjectRemoved is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRemoved = "s3:ObjectRemoved:*"
// EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete = "s3:ObjectRemoved:Delete"
// EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated = "s3:ObjectRemoved:DeleteMarkerCreated"
// EventS3ObjectRestore is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRestore = "s3:ObjectRestore:*"
// EventS3ObjectRestorePost is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRestorePost = "s3:ObjectRestore:Post"
// EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted is a Event enum value
EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted = "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed"
// EventS3Replication is a Event enum value
EventS3Replication = "s3:Replication:*"
// EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication is a Event enum value
EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication = "s3:Replication:OperationFailedReplication"
// EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked is a Event enum value
EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked = "s3:Replication:OperationNotTracked"
// EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold is a Event enum value
EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationMissedThreshold"
// EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold is a Event enum value
EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold = "s3:Replication:OperationReplicatedAfterThreshold"
)
// Event_Values returns all elements of the Event enum
func Event_Values() []string {
return []string{
EventS3ReducedRedundancyLostObject,
EventS3ObjectCreated,
EventS3ObjectCreatedPut,
EventS3ObjectCreatedPost,
EventS3ObjectCreatedCopy,
EventS3ObjectCreatedCompleteMultipartUpload,
EventS3ObjectRemoved,
EventS3ObjectRemovedDelete,
EventS3ObjectRemovedDeleteMarkerCreated,
EventS3ObjectRestore,
EventS3ObjectRestorePost,
EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted,
EventS3Replication,
EventS3ReplicationOperationFailedReplication,
EventS3ReplicationOperationNotTracked,
EventS3ReplicationOperationMissedThreshold,
EventS3ReplicationOperationReplicatedAfterThreshold,
}
}
const (
// ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value
ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value
ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// ExistingObjectReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum
func ExistingObjectReplicationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled,
ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// ExpirationStatusDisabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value
ExpirationStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// ExpirationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ExpirationStatus enum
func ExpirationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ExpirationStatusEnabled,
ExpirationStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// ExpressionTypeSql is a ExpressionType enum value
ExpressionTypeSql = "SQL"
)
// ExpressionType_Values returns all elements of the ExpressionType enum
func ExpressionType_Values() []string {
return []string{
ExpressionTypeSql,
}
}
const (
// FileHeaderInfoUse is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
FileHeaderInfoUse = "USE"
// FileHeaderInfoIgnore is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
FileHeaderInfoIgnore = "IGNORE"
// FileHeaderInfoNone is a FileHeaderInfo enum value
FileHeaderInfoNone = "NONE"
)
// FileHeaderInfo_Values returns all elements of the FileHeaderInfo enum
func FileHeaderInfo_Values() []string {
return []string{
FileHeaderInfoUse,
FileHeaderInfoIgnore,
FileHeaderInfoNone,
}
}
const (
// FilterRuleNamePrefix is a FilterRuleName enum value
FilterRuleNamePrefix = "prefix"
// FilterRuleNameSuffix is a FilterRuleName enum value
FilterRuleNameSuffix = "suffix"
)
// FilterRuleName_Values returns all elements of the FilterRuleName enum
func FilterRuleName_Values() []string {
return []string{
FilterRuleNamePrefix,
FilterRuleNameSuffix,
}
}
const (
// InventoryFormatCsv is a InventoryFormat enum value
InventoryFormatCsv = "CSV"
// InventoryFormatOrc is a InventoryFormat enum value
InventoryFormatOrc = "ORC"
// InventoryFormatParquet is a InventoryFormat enum value
InventoryFormatParquet = "Parquet"
)
// InventoryFormat_Values returns all elements of the InventoryFormat enum
func InventoryFormat_Values() []string {
return []string{
InventoryFormatCsv,
InventoryFormatOrc,
InventoryFormatParquet,
}
}
const (
// InventoryFrequencyDaily is a InventoryFrequency enum value
InventoryFrequencyDaily = "Daily"
// InventoryFrequencyWeekly is a InventoryFrequency enum value
InventoryFrequencyWeekly = "Weekly"
)
// InventoryFrequency_Values returns all elements of the InventoryFrequency enum
func InventoryFrequency_Values() []string {
return []string{
InventoryFrequencyDaily,
InventoryFrequencyWeekly,
}
}
const (
// InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll = "All"
// InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent is a InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum value
InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent = "Current"
)
// InventoryIncludedObjectVersions_Values returns all elements of the InventoryIncludedObjectVersions enum
func InventoryIncludedObjectVersions_Values() []string {
return []string{
InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsAll,
InventoryIncludedObjectVersionsCurrent,
}
}
const (
// InventoryOptionalFieldSize is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldSize = "Size"
// InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate = "LastModifiedDate"
// InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass = "StorageClass"
// InventoryOptionalFieldEtag is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldEtag = "ETag"
// InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded = "IsMultipartUploaded"
// InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus = "ReplicationStatus"
// InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus = "EncryptionStatus"
// InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate = "ObjectLockRetainUntilDate"
// InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode = "ObjectLockMode"
// InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus = "ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"
// InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier is a InventoryOptionalField enum value
InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier = "IntelligentTieringAccessTier"
)
// InventoryOptionalField_Values returns all elements of the InventoryOptionalField enum
func InventoryOptionalField_Values() []string {
return []string{
InventoryOptionalFieldSize,
InventoryOptionalFieldLastModifiedDate,
InventoryOptionalFieldStorageClass,
InventoryOptionalFieldEtag,
InventoryOptionalFieldIsMultipartUploaded,
InventoryOptionalFieldReplicationStatus,
InventoryOptionalFieldEncryptionStatus,
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockRetainUntilDate,
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockMode,
InventoryOptionalFieldObjectLockLegalHoldStatus,
InventoryOptionalFieldIntelligentTieringAccessTier,
}
}
const (
// JSONTypeDocument is a JSONType enum value
JSONTypeDocument = "DOCUMENT"
// JSONTypeLines is a JSONType enum value
JSONTypeLines = "LINES"
)
// JSONType_Values returns all elements of the JSONType enum
func JSONType_Values() []string {
return []string{
JSONTypeDocument,
JSONTypeLines,
}
}
const (
// MFADeleteEnabled is a MFADelete enum value
MFADeleteEnabled = "Enabled"
// MFADeleteDisabled is a MFADelete enum value
MFADeleteDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// MFADelete_Values returns all elements of the MFADelete enum
func MFADelete_Values() []string {
return []string{
MFADeleteEnabled,
MFADeleteDisabled,
}
}
const (
// MFADeleteStatusEnabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
MFADeleteStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// MFADeleteStatusDisabled is a MFADeleteStatus enum value
MFADeleteStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// MFADeleteStatus_Values returns all elements of the MFADeleteStatus enum
func MFADeleteStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
MFADeleteStatusEnabled,
MFADeleteStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// MetadataDirectiveCopy is a MetadataDirective enum value
MetadataDirectiveCopy = "COPY"
// MetadataDirectiveReplace is a MetadataDirective enum value
MetadataDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
)
// MetadataDirective_Values returns all elements of the MetadataDirective enum
func MetadataDirective_Values() []string {
return []string{
MetadataDirectiveCopy,
MetadataDirectiveReplace,
}
}
const (
// MetricsStatusEnabled is a MetricsStatus enum value
MetricsStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// MetricsStatusDisabled is a MetricsStatus enum value
MetricsStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// MetricsStatus_Values returns all elements of the MetricsStatus enum
func MetricsStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
MetricsStatusEnabled,
MetricsStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// ObjectCannedACLPrivate is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLPrivate = "private"
// ObjectCannedACLPublicRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLPublicRead = "public-read"
// ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite = "public-read-write"
// ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead = "authenticated-read"
// ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead = "aws-exec-read"
// ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead = "bucket-owner-read"
// ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl is a ObjectCannedACL enum value
ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl = "bucket-owner-full-control"
)
// ObjectCannedACL_Values returns all elements of the ObjectCannedACL enum
func ObjectCannedACL_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectCannedACLPrivate,
ObjectCannedACLPublicRead,
ObjectCannedACLPublicReadWrite,
ObjectCannedACLAuthenticatedRead,
ObjectCannedACLAwsExecRead,
ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerRead,
ObjectCannedACLBucketOwnerFullControl,
}
}
const (
// ObjectLockEnabledEnabled is a ObjectLockEnabled enum value
ObjectLockEnabledEnabled = "Enabled"
)
// ObjectLockEnabled_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockEnabled enum
func ObjectLockEnabled_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectLockEnabledEnabled,
}
}
const (
// ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn = "ON"
// ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff is a ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum value
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff = "OFF"
)
// ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus enum
func ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOn,
ObjectLockLegalHoldStatusOff,
}
}
const (
// ObjectLockModeGovernance is a ObjectLockMode enum value
ObjectLockModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE"
// ObjectLockModeCompliance is a ObjectLockMode enum value
ObjectLockModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE"
)
// ObjectLockMode_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockMode enum
func ObjectLockMode_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectLockModeGovernance,
ObjectLockModeCompliance,
}
}
const (
// ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value
ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance = "GOVERNANCE"
// ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance is a ObjectLockRetentionMode enum value
ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance = "COMPLIANCE"
)
// ObjectLockRetentionMode_Values returns all elements of the ObjectLockRetentionMode enum
func ObjectLockRetentionMode_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectLockRetentionModeGovernance,
ObjectLockRetentionModeCompliance,
}
}
const (
// ObjectStorageClassStandard is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
// ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
// ObjectStorageClassGlacier is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"
// ObjectStorageClassStandardIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"
// ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"
// ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"
// ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive is a ObjectStorageClass enum value
ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)
// ObjectStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the ObjectStorageClass enum
func ObjectStorageClass_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectStorageClassStandard,
ObjectStorageClassReducedRedundancy,
ObjectStorageClassGlacier,
ObjectStorageClassStandardIa,
ObjectStorageClassOnezoneIa,
ObjectStorageClassIntelligentTiering,
ObjectStorageClassDeepArchive,
}
}
const (
// ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard is a ObjectVersionStorageClass enum value
ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
)
// ObjectVersionStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the ObjectVersionStorageClass enum
func ObjectVersionStorageClass_Values() []string {
return []string{
ObjectVersionStorageClassStandard,
}
}
const (
// OwnerOverrideDestination is a OwnerOverride enum value
OwnerOverrideDestination = "Destination"
)
// OwnerOverride_Values returns all elements of the OwnerOverride enum
func OwnerOverride_Values() []string {
return []string{
OwnerOverrideDestination,
}
}
const (
// PayerRequester is a Payer enum value
PayerRequester = "Requester"
// PayerBucketOwner is a Payer enum value
PayerBucketOwner = "BucketOwner"
)
// Payer_Values returns all elements of the Payer enum
func Payer_Values() []string {
return []string{
PayerRequester,
PayerBucketOwner,
}
}
const (
// PermissionFullControl is a Permission enum value
PermissionFullControl = "FULL_CONTROL"
// PermissionWrite is a Permission enum value
PermissionWrite = "WRITE"
// PermissionWriteAcp is a Permission enum value
PermissionWriteAcp = "WRITE_ACP"
// PermissionRead is a Permission enum value
PermissionRead = "READ"
// PermissionReadAcp is a Permission enum value
PermissionReadAcp = "READ_ACP"
)
// Permission_Values returns all elements of the Permission enum
func Permission_Values() []string {
return []string{
PermissionFullControl,
PermissionWrite,
PermissionWriteAcp,
PermissionRead,
PermissionReadAcp,
}
}
const (
// ProtocolHttp is a Protocol enum value
ProtocolHttp = "http"
// ProtocolHttps is a Protocol enum value
ProtocolHttps = "https"
)
// Protocol_Values returns all elements of the Protocol enum
func Protocol_Values() []string {
return []string{
ProtocolHttp,
ProtocolHttps,
}
}
const (
// QuoteFieldsAlways is a QuoteFields enum value
QuoteFieldsAlways = "ALWAYS"
// QuoteFieldsAsneeded is a QuoteFields enum value
QuoteFieldsAsneeded = "ASNEEDED"
)
// QuoteFields_Values returns all elements of the QuoteFields enum
func QuoteFields_Values() []string {
return []string{
QuoteFieldsAlways,
QuoteFieldsAsneeded,
}
}
const (
// ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled is a ReplicationRuleStatus enum value
ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// ReplicationRuleStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationRuleStatus enum
func ReplicationRuleStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ReplicationRuleStatusEnabled,
ReplicationRuleStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// ReplicationStatusComplete is a ReplicationStatus enum value
ReplicationStatusComplete = "COMPLETE"
// ReplicationStatusPending is a ReplicationStatus enum value
ReplicationStatusPending = "PENDING"
// ReplicationStatusFailed is a ReplicationStatus enum value
ReplicationStatusFailed = "FAILED"
// ReplicationStatusReplica is a ReplicationStatus enum value
ReplicationStatusReplica = "REPLICA"
)
// ReplicationStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationStatus enum
func ReplicationStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ReplicationStatusComplete,
ReplicationStatusPending,
ReplicationStatusFailed,
ReplicationStatusReplica,
}
}
const (
// ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value
ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled is a ReplicationTimeStatus enum value
ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// ReplicationTimeStatus_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationTimeStatus enum
func ReplicationTimeStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
ReplicationTimeStatusEnabled,
ReplicationTimeStatusDisabled,
}
}
// If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the
// request.
const (
// RequestChargedRequester is a RequestCharged enum value
RequestChargedRequester = "requester"
)
// RequestCharged_Values returns all elements of the RequestCharged enum
func RequestCharged_Values() []string {
return []string{
RequestChargedRequester,
}
}
// Confirms that the requester knows that they will be charged for the request.
// Bucket owners need not specify this parameter in their requests. For information
// about downloading objects from requester pays buckets, see Downloading Objects
// in Requestor Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html)
// in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.
const (
// RequestPayerRequester is a RequestPayer enum value
RequestPayerRequester = "requester"
)
// RequestPayer_Values returns all elements of the RequestPayer enum
func RequestPayer_Values() []string {
return []string{
RequestPayerRequester,
}
}
const (
// RestoreRequestTypeSelect is a RestoreRequestType enum value
RestoreRequestTypeSelect = "SELECT"
)
// RestoreRequestType_Values returns all elements of the RestoreRequestType enum
func RestoreRequestType_Values() []string {
return []string{
RestoreRequestTypeSelect,
}
}
const (
// ServerSideEncryptionAes256 is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
ServerSideEncryptionAes256 = "AES256"
// ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms is a ServerSideEncryption enum value
ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms = "aws:kms"
)
// ServerSideEncryption_Values returns all elements of the ServerSideEncryption enum
func ServerSideEncryption_Values() []string {
return []string{
ServerSideEncryptionAes256,
ServerSideEncryptionAwsKms,
}
}
const (
// SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value
SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled = "Enabled"
// SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled is a SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum value
SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled = "Disabled"
)
// SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus_Values returns all elements of the SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus enum
func SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus_Values() []string {
return []string{
SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusEnabled,
SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatusDisabled,
}
}
const (
// StorageClassStandard is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassStandard = "STANDARD"
// StorageClassReducedRedundancy is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassReducedRedundancy = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
// StorageClassStandardIa is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"
// StorageClassOnezoneIa is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"
// StorageClassIntelligentTiering is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"
// StorageClassGlacier is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"
// StorageClassDeepArchive is a StorageClass enum value
StorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)
// StorageClass_Values returns all elements of the StorageClass enum
func StorageClass_Values() []string {
return []string{
StorageClassStandard,
StorageClassReducedRedundancy,
StorageClassStandardIa,
StorageClassOnezoneIa,
StorageClassIntelligentTiering,
StorageClassGlacier,
StorageClassDeepArchive,
}
}
const (
// StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 is a StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum value
StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1 = "V_1"
)
// StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion_Values returns all elements of the StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion enum
func StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersion_Values() []string {
return []string{
StorageClassAnalysisSchemaVersionV1,
}
}
const (
// TaggingDirectiveCopy is a TaggingDirective enum value
TaggingDirectiveCopy = "COPY"
// TaggingDirectiveReplace is a TaggingDirective enum value
TaggingDirectiveReplace = "REPLACE"
)
// TaggingDirective_Values returns all elements of the TaggingDirective enum
func TaggingDirective_Values() []string {
return []string{
TaggingDirectiveCopy,
TaggingDirectiveReplace,
}
}
const (
// TierStandard is a Tier enum value
TierStandard = "Standard"
// TierBulk is a Tier enum value
TierBulk = "Bulk"
// TierExpedited is a Tier enum value
TierExpedited = "Expedited"
)
// Tier_Values returns all elements of the Tier enum
func Tier_Values() []string {
return []string{
TierStandard,
TierBulk,
TierExpedited,
}
}
const (
// TransitionStorageClassGlacier is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassGlacier = "GLACIER"
// TransitionStorageClassStandardIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassStandardIa = "STANDARD_IA"
// TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa = "ONEZONE_IA"
// TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"
// TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive is a TransitionStorageClass enum value
TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)
// TransitionStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the TransitionStorageClass enum
func TransitionStorageClass_Values() []string {
return []string{
TransitionStorageClassGlacier,
TransitionStorageClassStandardIa,
TransitionStorageClassOnezoneIa,
TransitionStorageClassIntelligentTiering,
TransitionStorageClassDeepArchive,
}
}
const (
// TypeCanonicalUser is a Type enum value
TypeCanonicalUser = "CanonicalUser"
// TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail is a Type enum value
TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail = "AmazonCustomerByEmail"
// TypeGroup is a Type enum value
TypeGroup = "Group"
)
// Type_Values returns all elements of the Type enum
func Type_Values() []string {
return []string{
TypeCanonicalUser,
TypeAmazonCustomerByEmail,
TypeGroup,
}
}